1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- 2@c $NetBSD: am-utils.texi,v 1.2 2009/01/02 16:00:02 christos Exp $ 3@c 4@c Copyright (c) 1997-2007 Erez Zadok 5@c Copyright (c) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry 6@c Copyright (c) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine 7@c Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California. 8@c All rights reserved. 9@c 10@c This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by 11@c Jan-Simon Pendry at Imperial College, London. 12@c 13@c Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 14@c modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 15@c are met: 16@c 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 17@c notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 18@c 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 19@c notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 20@c documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 21@c 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software 22@c must display the following acknowledgment: 23@c This product includes software developed by the University of 24@c California, Berkeley and its contributors. 25@c 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors 26@c may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 27@c without specific prior written permission. 28@c 29@c THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 30@c ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 31@c IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 32@c ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 33@c FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 34@c DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 35@c OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 36@c HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 37@c LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 38@c OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 39@c 40@c 41@c File: am-utils/doc/am-utils.texi 42@c 43@setfilename am-utils.info 44 45@include version.texi 46 47@c info directory entry 48@dircategory Administration 49@direntry 50* Am-utils: (am-utils). The Amd automounter suite of utilities 51@end direntry 52 53@settitle Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) 54@setchapternewpage odd 55 56@titlepage 57@title Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) 58@subtitle For version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED} 59 60@author Erez Zadok 61(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams) 62 63@page 64Copyright @copyright{} 1997-2007 Erez Zadok 65@* 66Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry 67@* 68Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine 69@* 70Copyright @copyright{} 1989 The Regents of the University of California. 71@sp 72All Rights Reserved. 73@vskip 1ex 74Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as 75necessary for use of this software is granted provided this 76copyright notice and statement of permission are included. 77@end titlepage 78@page 79 80@c Define a new index for options. 81@syncodeindex pg cp 82@syncodeindex vr cp 83 84@ifinfo 85 86@c ################################################################ 87@node Top, License, , (DIR) 88 89@b{Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) User Manual} 90@* 91For version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED} 92 93@b{Erez Zadok} 94@* 95(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams) 96 97Copyright @copyright{} 1997-2007 Erez Zadok 98@* 99Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry 100@* 101Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine 102@* 103Copyright @copyright{} 1989 The Regents of the University of California. 104@* 105All Rights Reserved. 106 107Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as 108necessary for use of this software is granted provided this 109copyright notice and statement of permission are included. 110 111Am-utils is the 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite, which includes the Amd 112automounter, the Amq query and control program, the Hlfsd daemon, and 113other tools. This Info file describes how to use and understand the 114tools within Am-utils. 115@end ifinfo 116 117@menu 118* License:: Explains the terms and conditions for using 119 and distributing Am-utils. 120* Distrib:: How to get the latest Am-utils distribution. 121* AddInfo:: How to get additional information. 122* Intro:: An introduction to Automounting concepts. 123* History:: History of am-utils' development. 124* Overview:: An overview of Amd. 125* Supported Platforms:: Machines and Systems supported by Amd. 126* Mount Maps:: Details of mount maps. 127* Amd Command Line Options:: All the Amd command line options explained. 128* Filesystem Types:: The different mount types supported by Amd. 129* Amd Configuration File:: The amd.conf file syntax and meaning. 130* Run-time Administration:: How to start, stop and control Amd. 131* FSinfo:: The FSinfo filesystem management tool. 132* Hlfsd:: The Home-Link Filesystem server. 133* Assorted Tools:: Other tools which come with am-utils. 134* Examples:: Some examples showing how Amd might be used. 135* Internals:: Implementation details. 136* Acknowledgments & Trademarks:: Legal Notes. 137 138Indexes 139* Index:: An item for each concept. 140@end menu 141 142@iftex 143@unnumbered Preface 144 145This manual documents the use of the 4.4BSD automounter tool suite, 146which includes @i{Amd}, @i{Amq}, @i{Hlfsd}, and other programs. This is 147primarily a reference manual. While no tutorial exists, there are 148examples available. @xref{Examples}. 149 150This manual comes in two forms: the published form and the Info form. 151The Info form is for on-line perusal with the INFO program which is 152distributed along with GNU texinfo package (a version of which is 153available for GNU Emacs).@footnote{GNU packages can be found in 154@url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/}.} Both forms contain substantially 155the same text and are generated from a common source file, which is 156distributed with the @i{Am-utils} source. 157@end iftex 158 159@c ################################################################ 160@node License, Distrib, Top, Top 161@unnumbered License 162@cindex License Information 163 164@i{Am-utils} is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and there are 165restrictions on its distribution. 166 167Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 168modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are 169met: 170 171@enumerate 172 173@item 174Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, 175this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 176 177@item 178Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 179notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 180documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 181 182@item 183All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software 184must display the following acknowledgment: 185 186@cartouche 187``This product includes software developed by the University of 188California, Berkeley and its contributors, as well as the Trustees of 189Columbia University.'' 190@end cartouche 191 192@item 193Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may 194be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 195without specific prior written permission. 196 197@end enumerate 198 199THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 200ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 201IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR 202PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS 203BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR 204CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF 205SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 206INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 207CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) 208ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF 209THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. 210 211@c ################################################################ 212@node Distrib, AddInfo, License, Top 213@unnumbered Source Distribution 214@cindex Source code distribution 215@cindex Obtaining the source code 216 217The @i{Am-utils} home page is located in 218@example 219@url{http://www.am-utils.org/} 220@end example 221 222You can get the latest distribution version of @i{Am-utils} from 223@example 224@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/am-utils.tar.gz} 225@end example 226 227Additional alpha, beta, and release distributions are available in 228@example 229@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/}. 230@end example 231 232Revision 5.2 was part of the 4.3BSD Reno distribution. 233 234Revision 5.3bsdnet, a late alpha version of 5.3, was part 235of the BSD network version 2 distribution 236 237Revision 6.0 was made independently by 238Erez Zadok at the Computer Science 239Department of @uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/,Columbia University}, 240as part of his 241@uref{http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/zadok-thesis-proposal/,PhD 242thesis work}. Am-utils (especially version 6.1) continues to be 243developed and maintained at the 244@uref{http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/,Computer Science Department} of 245@uref{http://www.stonybrook.edu/,Stony Brook University}, as a service 246to the user community. 247 248 249@xref{History}, for more details. 250 251@c ################################################################ 252@node AddInfo, Intro, Distrib, Top 253@unnumbered Getting Additional Information 254@cindex Getting Additional Information 255 256@unnumberedsec Bug Reports 257@cindex Bug reports 258 259Before reporting a bug, see if it is a known one in the 260@uref{http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/BUGS.txt,bugs} file. 261 262If you find a problem and hopefully you can reproduce it, please 263describe it in detail and 264@uref{https://bugzilla.filesystems.org/,submit a bug report} via 265@uref{http://www.bugzilla.org/,Bugzilla}. Alternatively, you can send 266your bug report to the ``am-utils'' list (see 267@url{http://www.am-utils.org/} under ``Mailing Lists'') quoting the details 268of the release and your configuration. These details can be obtained 269by running the command @samp{amd -v}. It would greatly help if you 270could provide a reproducible procedure for detecting the bug you are 271reporting. 272 273Providing working patches is highly encouraged. Every patch 274incorporated, however small, will get its author an honorable mention in 275the @uref{http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt,authors 276file}. 277 278@unnumberedsec Mailing Lists 279@cindex Mailing lists 280 281There are several mailing lists for people interested in keeping up-to-date 282with developments. 283 284@c ############### 285 286@enumerate 287 288@item 289The users mailing list, @samp{am-utils} is for 290 291@itemize @minus 292@item 293announcements of alpha and beta releases of am-utils 294@item 295reporting of bugs and patches 296@item 297discussions of new features for am-utils 298@item 299implementation and porting issues 300@end itemize 301 302To subscribe, visit @url{http://www.am-utils.org/} under ``Mailing 303Lists.'' After subscribing, you can post a message to this list. To 304avoid as much spam as possible, only subscribers to this list may post 305to it. 306 307Subscribers of @samp{am-utils} are most helpful if they have the time 308and resources to test new and development versions of amd, on as many 309different platforms as possible. They should also be prepared to 310learn and use the GNU Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool packages, as 311needed; and of course, become familiar with the complex code in the 312am-utils package. In other words, subscribers on this list should 313hopefully be able to contribute meaningfully to the development of 314amd. 315 316Note that this @samp{am-utils} list used to be called @samp{amd-dev} 317before January 1st, 2004. Please use the new name, @samp{am-utils}. 318 319@item 320The announcements mailing list, @samp{am-utils-announce} is for 321announcements only (mostly new releases). To subscribe, visit 322@url{http://www.am-utils.org/} under ``Mailing Lists.'' 323This list is read-only: only am-utils developers may post to it. 324 325@item 326We distribute nightly CVS snapshots in 327@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/snapshots/daily/}. If you 328like to get email notices of commits to the am-utils CVS repository, 329subscribe to the CVS logs mailing list, @samp{am-utils-cvs} at 330@url{http://www.am-utils.org/} under ``Mailing Lists.'' 331 332@item 333The older list which was used to user discussions, @samp{amd-workers}, 334is defunct as of January 2004. (Its last address was 335@email{amd-workers AT majordomo.glue.umd.edu}.) Don't use 336@samp{amd-workers}: use the newer, more active @samp{am-utils} list. 337 338@item 339For completeness, there's a developers-only closed list called 340@samp{am-utils-developers} (see @url{http://www.am-utils.org/} under 341``Mailing Lists''). 342 343@end enumerate 344 345@unnumberedsec Am-utils Book 346@cindex Am-utils book 347@cindex Amd book 348@cindex Automounter book 349@cindex book 350 351@uref{http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk,Erez Zadok} wrote a 352@uref{http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/amd-book/,book}, titled @i{Linux NFS and 353Automounter Administration}, ISBN 0-7821-2739-8, (Sybex, 2001). The 354book is full of details and examples that go beyond what this manual 355has. The book also covers NFS in great detail. Although the book is 356geared toward Linux users, it is general enough for any Unix 357administrator and contains specific sections for non-Linux systems. 358 359@c ################################################################ 360@node Intro, History, AddInfo, Top 361@unnumbered Introduction 362@cindex Introduction 363 364An @dfn{automounter} maintains a cache of mounted filesystems. 365Filesystems are mounted on demand when they are first referenced, 366and unmounted after a period of inactivity. 367 368@i{Amd} may be used as a replacement for Sun's automounter. The choice 369of which filesystem to mount can be controlled dynamically with 370@dfn{selectors}. Selectors allow decisions of the form ``hostname is 371@var{this},'' or ``architecture is not @var{that}.'' Selectors may be 372combined arbitrarily. @i{Amd} also supports a variety of filesystem 373types, including NFS, UFS and the novel @dfn{program} filesystem. The 374combination of selectors and multiple filesystem types allows identical 375configuration files to be used on all machines thus reducing the 376administrative overhead. 377 378@i{Amd} ensures that it will not hang if a remote server goes down. 379Moreover, @i{Amd} can determine when a remote server has become 380inaccessible and then mount replacement filesystems as and when they 381become available. 382 383@i{Amd} contains no proprietary source code and has been ported to 384numerous flavors of Unix. 385 386@c ################################################################ 387@node History, Overview, Intro, Top 388@unnumbered History 389@cindex History 390 391The @i{Amd} package has been without an official maintainer since 1992. 392Several people have stepped in to maintain it unofficially. Most 393notable were the `upl' (Unofficial Patch Level) releases of @i{Amd}, 394created by me (@uref{http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk,Erez Zadok}), and available from 395@url{ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/amd/}. The last such unofficial 396release was `upl102'. 397 398Through the process of patching and aging, it was becoming more and more 399apparent that @i{Amd} was in much need of revitalizing. Maintaining 400@i{Amd} had become a difficult task. I took it upon myself to cleanup 401the code, so that it would be easier to port to new platforms, add new 402features, keep up with the many new feature requests, and deal with the 403never ending stream of bug reports. 404 405I have been working on such a release of @i{Amd} on and off since 406January of 1996. The new suite of tools is currently named "am-utils" 407(AutoMounter Utilities), in line with GNU naming conventions, befitting 408the contents of the package. In October of 1996 I had received enough 409offers to help me with this task that I decided to make a mailing list 410for this group of people. Around the same time, @i{Amd} had become a 411necessary part of my PhD thesis work, resulting in more work performed 412on am-utils. 413 414Am-utils version 6.0 was numbered with a major new release number to 415distinguish it from the last official release of @i{Amd} (5.x). Many 416new features have been added such as a GNU @code{configure} system, NFS 417Version 3, a run-time configuration file (`amd.conf'), many new ports, 418more scripts and programs, as well as numerous bug fixes. Another 419reason for the new major release number was to alert users of am-utils 420that user-visible interfaces may have changed. In order to make @i{Amd} 421work well for the next 10 years, and be easier to maintain, it was 422necessary to remove old or unused features, change various syntax files, 423etc. However, great care was taken to ensure the maximum possible 424backwards compatibility. 425 426Am-utils version 6.1 has autofs support for Linux and Solaris 2.5+ as 427@i{the} major new feature, in addition to several other minor new 428features. The autofs support is completely transparent to the 429end-user, aside from the fact that @code{/bin/pwd} now always returns 430the correct amd-ified path. The administrator can easily switch 431between NFS and autofs mounts by changing one parameter in 432@code{amd.conf}. Autofs support and maintenance was developed in 433conjunction with @email{ionut AT badula.org,Ion Badulescu}. 434 435@c ################################################################ 436@node Overview, Supported Platforms, History, Top 437@chapter Overview 438 439@i{Amd} maintains a cache of mounted filesystems. Filesystems are 440@dfn{demand-mounted} when they are first referenced, and unmounted after 441a period of inactivity. @i{Amd} may be used as a replacement for Sun's 442@b{automount}(8) program. It contains no proprietary source code and 443has been ported to numerous flavors of Unix. @xref{Supported 444Platforms}.@refill 445 446@i{Amd} was designed as the basis for experimenting with filesystem 447layout and management. Although @i{Amd} has many direct applications it 448is loaded with additional features which have little practical use. At 449some point the infrequently used components may be removed to streamline 450the production system. 451 452@i{Amd} supports the notion of @dfn{replicated} filesystems by evaluating 453each member of a list of possible filesystem locations one by one. 454@i{Amd} checks that each cached mapping remains valid. Should a mapping be 455lost -- such as happens when a fileserver goes down -- @i{Amd} automatically 456selects a replacement should one be available. 457 458@menu 459* Fundamentals:: 460* Filesystems and Volumes:: 461* Volume Naming:: 462* Volume Binding:: 463* Operational Principles:: 464* Mounting a Volume:: 465* Automatic Unmounting:: 466* Keep-alives:: 467* Non-blocking Operation:: 468@end menu 469 470@node Fundamentals, Filesystems and Volumes, Overview, Overview 471@comment node-name, next, previous, up 472@section Fundamentals 473@cindex Automounter fundamentals 474 475The fundamental concept behind @i{Amd} is the ability to separate the 476name used to refer to a file from the name used to refer to its physical 477storage location. This allows the same files to be accessed with the 478same name regardless of where in the network the name is used. This is 479very different from placing @file{/n/hostname} in front of the pathname 480since that includes location dependent information which may change if 481files are moved to another machine. 482 483By placing the required mappings in a centrally administered database, 484filesystems can be re-organized without requiring changes to 485configuration files, shell scripts and so on. 486 487@node Filesystems and Volumes, Volume Naming, Fundamentals, Overview 488@comment node-name, next, previous, up 489@section Filesystems and Volumes 490@cindex Filesystem 491@cindex Volume 492@cindex Fileserver 493@cindex sublink 494 495@i{Amd} views the world as a set of fileservers, each containing one or 496more filesystems where each filesystem contains one or more 497@dfn{volumes}. Here the term @dfn{volume} is used to refer to a 498coherent set of files such as a user's home directory or a @TeX{} 499distribution.@refill 500 501In order to access the contents of a volume, @i{Amd} must be told in 502which filesystem the volume resides and which host owns the filesystem. 503By default the host is assumed to be local and the volume is assumed to 504be the entire filesystem. If a filesystem contains more than one 505volume, then a @dfn{sublink} is used to refer to the sub-directory 506within the filesystem where the volume can be found. 507 508@node Volume Naming, Volume Binding, Filesystems and Volumes, Overview 509@comment node-name, next, previous, up 510@section Volume Naming 511@cindex Volume names 512@cindex Network-wide naming 513@cindex Replicated volumes 514@cindex Duplicated volumes 515@cindex Replacement volumes 516 517Volume names are defined to be unique across the entire network. A 518volume name is the pathname to the volume's root as known by the users 519of that volume. Since this name uniquely identifies the volume 520contents, all volumes can be named and accessed from each host, subject 521to administrative controls. 522 523Volumes may be replicated or duplicated. Replicated volumes contain 524identical copies of the same data and reside at two or more locations in 525the network. Each of the replicated volumes can be used 526interchangeably. Duplicated volumes each have the same name but contain 527different, though functionally identical, data. For example, 528@samp{/vol/tex} might be the name of a @TeX{} distribution which varied 529for each machine architecture.@refill 530 531@i{Amd} provides facilities to take advantage of both replicated and 532duplicated volumes. Configuration options allow a single set of 533configuration data to be shared across an entire network by taking 534advantage of replicated and duplicated volumes. 535 536@i{Amd} can take advantage of replacement volumes by mounting them as 537required should an active fileserver become unavailable. 538 539@node Volume Binding, Operational Principles, Volume Naming, Overview 540@comment node-name, next, previous, up 541@section Volume Binding 542@cindex Volume binding 543@cindex Unix namespace 544@cindex Namespace 545@cindex Binding names to filesystems 546 547Unix implements a namespace of hierarchically mounted filesystems. Two 548forms of binding between names and files are provided. A @dfn{hard 549link} completes the binding when the name is added to the filesystem. A 550@dfn{soft link} delays the binding until the name is accessed. An 551@dfn{automounter} adds a further form in which the binding of name to 552filesystem is delayed until the name is accessed.@refill 553 554The target volume, in its general form, is a tuple (host, filesystem, 555sublink) which can be used to name the physical location of any volume 556in the network. 557 558When a target is referenced, @i{Amd} ignores the sublink element and 559determines whether the required filesystem is already mounted. This is 560done by computing the local mount point for the filesystem and checking 561for an existing filesystem mounted at the same place. If such a 562filesystem already exists then it is assumed to be functionally 563identical to the target filesystem. By default there is a one-to-one 564mapping between the pair (host, filesystem) and the local mount point so 565this assumption is valid. 566 567@node Operational Principles, Mounting a Volume, Volume Binding, Overview 568@comment node-name, next, previous, up 569@section Operational Principles 570@cindex Operational principles 571 572@i{Amd} operates by introducing new mount points into the namespace. 573These are called @dfn{automount} points. The kernel sees these 574automount points as NFS filesystems being served by @i{Amd}. Having 575attached itself to the namespace, @i{Amd} is now able to control the 576view the rest of the system has of those mount points. RPC calls are 577received from the kernel one at a time. 578 579When a @dfn{lookup} call is received @i{Amd} checks whether the name is 580already known. If it is not, the required volume is mounted. A 581symbolic link pointing to the volume root is then returned. Once the 582symbolic link is returned, the kernel will send all other requests 583direct to the mounted filesystem. 584 585If a volume is not yet mounted, @i{Amd} consults a configuration 586@dfn{mount-map} corresponding to the automount point. @i{Amd} then 587makes a runtime decision on what and where to mount a filesystem based 588on the information obtained from the map. 589 590@i{Amd} does not implement all the NFS requests; only those relevant 591to name binding such as @dfn{lookup}, @dfn{readlink} and @dfn{readdir}. 592Some other calls are also implemented but most simply return an error 593code; for example @dfn{mkdir} always returns ``read-only filesystem''. 594 595@node Mounting a Volume, Automatic Unmounting, Operational Principles, Overview 596@comment node-name, next, previous, up 597@section Mounting a Volume 598@cindex Mounting a volume 599@cindex Location lists 600@cindex Alternate locations 601@cindex Mount retries 602@cindex Background mounts 603 604Each automount point has a corresponding mount map. The mount map 605contains a list of key--value pairs. The key is the name of the volume 606to be mounted. The value is a list of locations describing where the 607filesystem is stored in the network. In the source for the map the 608value would look like 609 610@display 611location1 location2 @dots{} locationN 612@end display 613 614@i{Amd} examines each location in turn. Each location may contain 615@dfn{selectors} which control whether @i{Amd} can use that location. 616For example, the location may be restricted to use by certain hosts. 617Those locations which cannot be used are ignored. 618 619@i{Amd} attempts to mount the filesystem described by each remaining 620location until a mount succeeds or @i{Amd} can no longer proceed. The 621latter can occur in three ways: 622 623@itemize @bullet 624@item 625If none of the locations could be used, or if all of the locations 626caused an error, then the last error is returned. 627 628@item 629If a location could be used but was being mounted in the background then 630@i{Amd} marks that mount as being ``in progress'' and continues with 631the next request; no reply is sent to the kernel. 632 633@item 634Lastly, one or more of the mounts may have been @dfn{deferred}. A mount 635is deferred if extra information is required before the mount can 636proceed. When the information becomes available the mount will take 637place, but in the mean time no reply is sent to the kernel. If the 638mount is deferred, @i{Amd} continues to try any remaining locations. 639@end itemize 640 641Once a volume has been mounted, @i{Amd} establishes a @dfn{volume 642mapping} which is used to satisfy subsequent requests.@refill 643 644@node Automatic Unmounting, Keep-alives, Mounting a Volume, Overview 645@comment node-name, next, previous, up 646@section Automatic Unmounting 647 648To avoid an ever increasing number of filesystem mounts, @i{Amd} removes 649volume mappings which have not been used recently. A time-to-live 650interval is associated with each mapping and when that expires the 651mapping is removed. When the last reference to a filesystem is removed, 652that filesystem is unmounted. If the unmount fails, for example the 653filesystem is still busy, the mapping is re-instated and its 654time-to-live interval is extended. The global default for this grace 655period is controlled by the @code{-w} command-line option (@pxref{-w 656Option, -w}) or the @i{amd.conf} parameter @samp{dismount_interval} 657(@pxref{dismount_interval Parameter}). It is also possible to set this 658value on a per-mount basis (@pxref{opts Option, opts, opts}). 659 660Filesystems can be forcefully timed out using the @i{Amq} command. 661@xref{Run-time Administration}. Note that on new enough systems that 662support forced unmounts, such as Linux, @i{Amd} can try to use the 663@b{umount2}(2) system call to force the unmount, if the regular 664@b{umount}(2) system call failed in a way that indicates that the 665mount point is hung or stale. @xref{forced_unmounts Parameter}. 666 667@node Keep-alives, Non-blocking Operation, Automatic Unmounting, Overview 668@comment node-name, next, previous, up 669@section Keep-alives 670@cindex Keep-alives 671@cindex Server crashes 672@cindex NFS ping 673 674Use of some filesystem types requires the presence of a server on 675another machine. If a machine crashes then it is of no concern to 676processes on that machine that the filesystem is unavailable. However, 677to processes on a remote host using that machine as a fileserver this 678event is important. This situation is most widely recognized when an 679NFS server crashes and the behavior observed on client machines is that 680more and more processes hang. In order to provide the possibility of 681recovery, @i{Amd} implements a @dfn{keep-alive} interval timer for some 682filesystem types. Currently only NFS makes use of this service. 683 684The basis of the NFS keep-alive implementation is the observation that 685most sites maintain replicated copies of common system data such as 686manual pages, most or all programs, system source code and so on. If 687one of those servers goes down it would be reasonable to mount one of 688the others as a replacement. 689 690The first part of the process is to keep track of which fileservers are 691up and which are down. @i{Amd} does this by sending RPC requests to the 692servers' NFS @code{NullProc} and checking whether a reply is returned. 693While the server state is uncertain the requests are re-transmitted at 694three second intervals and if no reply is received after four attempts 695the server is marked down. If a reply is received the fileserver is 696marked up and stays in that state for 30 seconds at which time another 697NFS ping is sent. This interval is configurable and can even be 698turned off using the @i{ping} option. @xref{opts Option}. 699 700Once a fileserver is marked down, requests continue to be sent every 30 701seconds in order to determine when the fileserver comes back up. During 702this time any reference through @i{Amd} to the filesystems on that 703server fail with the error ``Operation would block''. If a replacement 704volume is available then it will be mounted, otherwise the error is 705returned to the user. 706 707@c @i{Amd} keeps track of which servers are up and which are down. 708@c It does this by sending RPC requests to the servers' NFS {\sc NullProc} and 709@c checking whether a reply is returned. If no replies are received after a 710@c short period, @i{Amd} marks the fileserver @dfn{down}. 711@c RPC requests continue to be sent so that it will notice when a fileserver 712@c comes back up. 713@c ICMP echo packets \cite{rfc:icmp} are not used because it is the availability 714@c of the NFS service that is important, not the existence of a base kernel. 715@c Whenever a reference to a fileserver which is down is made via @i{Amd}, an alternate 716@c filesystem is mounted if one is available. 717@c 718Although this action does not protect user files, which are unique on 719the network, or processes which do not access files via @i{Amd} or 720already have open files on the hung filesystem, it can prevent most new 721processes from hanging. 722@c 723@c With a suitable combination of filesystem management and mount-maps, 724@c machines can be protected against most server downtime. This can be 725@c enhanced by allocating boot-servers dynamically which allows a diskless 726@c workstation to be quickly restarted if necessary. Once the root filesystem 727@c is mounted, @i{Amd} can be started and allowed to mount the remainder of 728@c the filesystem from whichever fileservers are available. 729 730@node Non-blocking Operation, , Keep-alives, Overview 731@comment node-name, next, previous, up 732@section Non-blocking Operation 733@cindex Non-blocking operation 734@cindex Multiple-threaded server 735@cindex RPC retries 736 737Since there is only one instance of @i{Amd} for each automount point, 738and usually only one instance on each machine, it is important that it 739is always available to service kernel calls. @i{Amd} goes to great 740lengths to ensure that it does not block in a system call. As a last 741resort @i{Amd} will fork before it attempts a system call that may block 742indefinitely, such as mounting an NFS filesystem. Other tasks such as 743obtaining filehandle information for an NFS filesystem, are done using a 744purpose built non-blocking RPC library which is integrated with 745@i{Amd}'s task scheduler. This library is also used to implement NFS 746keep-alives (@pxref{Keep-alives}). 747 748Whenever a mount is deferred or backgrounded, @i{Amd} must wait for it 749to complete before replying to the kernel. However, this would cause 750@i{Amd} to block waiting for a reply to be constructed. Rather than do 751this, @i{Amd} simply @dfn{drops} the call under the assumption that the 752kernel RPC mechanism will automatically retry the request. 753 754@c ################################################################ 755@node Supported Platforms, Mount Maps, Overview, Top 756@comment node-name, next, previous, up 757@chapter Supported Platforms 758@cindex Supported Platforms 759@cindex shared libraries 760@cindex NFS V.3 support 761 762@i{Am-utils} has been ported to a wide variety of machines and operating 763systems. @i{Am-utils}'s code works for little-endian and big-endian 764machines, as well as 32 bit and 64 bit architectures. Furthermore, when 765@i{Am-utils} ports to an Operating System on one architecture, it is generally 766readily portable to the same Operating System on all platforms on which 767it is available. 768 769See the @file{INSTALL} in the distribution for more specific details on 770building and/or configuring for some systems. 771 772@c ################################################################ 773@node Mount Maps, Amd Command Line Options, Supported Platforms, Top 774@comment node-name, next, previous, up 775@chapter Mount Maps 776@cindex Mount maps 777@cindex Automounter configuration maps 778@cindex Mount information 779 780@i{Amd} has no built-in knowledge of machines or filesystems. 781External @dfn{mount-maps} are used to provide the required information. 782Specifically, @i{Amd} needs to know when and under what conditions it 783should mount filesystems. 784 785The map entry corresponding to the requested name contains a list of 786possible locations from which to resolve the request. Each location 787specifies filesystem type, information required by that filesystem (for 788example the block special device in the case of UFS), and some 789information describing where to mount the filesystem (@pxref{fs Option}). A 790location may also contain @dfn{selectors} (@pxref{Selectors}).@refill 791 792@menu 793* Map Types:: 794* Key Lookup:: 795* Location Format:: 796@end menu 797 798@node Map Types, Key Lookup, Mount Maps, Mount Maps 799@comment node-name, next, previous, up 800@section Map Types 801@cindex Mount map types 802@cindex Map types 803@cindex Configuration map types 804@cindex Types of mount map 805@cindex Types of configuration map 806@cindex Determining the map type 807 808A mount-map provides the run-time configuration information to @i{Amd}. 809Maps can be implemented in many ways. Some of the forms supported by 810@i{Amd} are regular files, ndbm databases, NIS maps, the @dfn{Hesiod} 811name server, and even the password file. 812 813A mount-map @dfn{name} is a sequence of characters. When an automount 814point is created a handle on the mount-map is obtained. For each map 815type configured, @i{Amd} attempts to reference the map of the 816appropriate type. If a map is found, @i{Amd} notes the type for future 817use and deletes the reference, for example closing any open file 818descriptors. The available maps are configured when @i{Amd} is built 819and can be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}. 820 821When using an @i{Amd} configuration file (@pxref{Amd Configuration File}) 822and the keyword @samp{map_type} (@pxref{map_type Parameter}), you may 823force the map used to any type. 824 825By default, @i{Amd} caches data in a mode dependent on the type of map. 826This is the same as specifying @samp{cache:=mapdefault} and selects a 827suitable default cache mode depending on the map type. The individual 828defaults are described below. The @var{cache} option can be specified 829on automount points to alter the caching behavior (@pxref{Automount 830Filesystem}).@refill 831 832The following map types have been implemented, though some are not 833available on all machines. Run the command @samp{amd -v} to obtain a 834list of map types configured on your machine. 835 836@menu 837* File maps:: 838* ndbm maps:: 839* NIS maps:: 840* NIS+ maps:: 841* Hesiod maps:: 842* Password maps:: 843* Union maps:: 844* LDAP maps:: 845* Executable maps:: 846@end menu 847 848@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 849@node File maps, ndbm maps, Map Types, Map Types 850@comment node-name, next, previous, up 851@subsection File maps 852@cindex File maps 853@cindex Flat file maps 854@cindex File map syntactic conventions 855 856When @i{Amd} searches a file for a map entry it does a simple scan of 857the file and supports both comments and continuation lines. 858 859Continuation lines are indicated by a backslash character (@samp{\}) as 860the last character of a line in the file. The backslash, newline character 861@emph{and any leading white space on the following line} are discarded. A maximum 862line length of 2047 characters is enforced after continuation lines are read 863but before comments are stripped. Each line must end with 864a newline character; that is newlines are terminators, not separators. 865The following examples illustrate this: 866 867@example 868key valA valB; \ 869 valC 870@end example 871 872specifies @emph{three} locations, and is identical to 873 874@example 875key valA valB; valC 876@end example 877 878However, 879 880@example 881key valA valB;\ 882 valC 883@end example 884 885specifies only @emph{two} locations, and is identical to 886 887@example 888key valA valB;valC 889@end example 890 891After a complete line has been read from the file, including 892continuations, @i{Amd} determines whether there is a comment on the 893line. A comment begins with a hash (``@samp{#}'') character and 894continues to the end of the line. There is no way to escape or change 895the comment lead-in character. 896 897Note that continuation lines and comment support @dfn{only} apply to 898file maps, or ndbm maps built with the @code{mk-amd-map} program. 899 900When caching is enabled, file maps have a default cache mode of 901@code{all} (@pxref{Automount Filesystem}). 902 903@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 904@node ndbm maps, NIS maps, File maps, Map Types 905@comment node-name, next, previous, up 906@subsection ndbm maps 907@cindex ndbm maps 908 909An ndbm map may be used as a fast access form of a file map. The program, 910@code{mk-amd-map}, converts a normal map file into an ndbm database. 911This program supports the same continuation and comment conventions that 912are provided for file maps. Note that ndbm format files may @emph{not} 913be sharable across machine architectures. The notion of speed generally 914only applies to large maps; a small map, less than a single disk block, 915is almost certainly better implemented as a file map. 916 917ndbm maps have a default cache mode of @samp{all} 918(@pxref{Automount Filesystem}). 919 920@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 921@node NIS maps, NIS+ maps, ndbm maps, Map Types 922@comment node-name, next, previous, up 923@subsection NIS maps 924@cindex NIS (YP) maps 925 926When using NIS (formerly YP), an @i{Amd} map is implemented directly 927by the underlying NIS map. Comments and continuation lines are 928@emph{not} supported in the automounter and must be stripped when 929constructing the NIS server's database. 930 931NIS maps have a default cache mode of @code{all} (@pxref{Automount 932Filesystem}). 933 934The following rule illustrates what could be added to your NIS @file{Makefile}, 935in this case causing the @file{amd.home} map to be rebuilt: 936@example 937$(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time: $(ETCDIR)/amd.home 938 -@@sed -e "s/#.*$$//" -e "/^$$/d" $(ETCDIR)/amd.home | \ 939 awk '@{ \ 940 for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) \ 941 if (i == NF) @{ \ 942 if (substr($$i, length($$i), 1) == "\\") \ 943 printf("%s", substr($$i, 1, length($$i) - 1)); \ 944 else \ 945 printf("%s\n", $$i); \ 946 @} \ 947 else \ 948 printf("%s ", $$i); \ 949 @}' | \ 950 $(MAKEDBM) - $(YPDBDIR)/amd.home; \ 951 touch $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time; \ 952 echo "updated amd.home"; \ 953 if [ ! $(NOPUSH) ]; then \ 954 $(YPPUSH) amd.home; \ 955 echo "pushed amd.home"; \ 956 else \ 957 : ; \ 958 fi 959@end example 960 961Here @code{$(YPTSDIR)} contains the time stamp files, and 962@code{$(YPDBDIR)} contains the dbm format NIS files. 963 964@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 965@node NIS+ maps, Hesiod maps, NIS maps, Map Types 966@comment node-name, next, previous, up 967@subsection NIS+ maps 968@cindex NIS+ maps 969 970NIS+ maps do not support cache mode @samp{all} and, when caching is 971enabled, have a default cache mode of @samp{inc}. 972 973XXX: FILL IN WITH AN EXAMPLE. 974 975@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 976@node Hesiod maps, Password maps, NIS+ maps, Map Types 977@comment node-name, next, previous, up 978@subsection Hesiod maps 979@cindex Hesiod maps 980 981When the map name begins with the string @samp{hesiod.} lookups are made 982using the @dfn{Hesiod} name server. The string following the dot is 983used as a name qualifier and is prepended with the key being located. 984The entire string is then resolved in the @code{automount} context, or 985the @i{amd.conf} parameter @samp{hesiod_base} (@pxref{hesiod_base 986Parameter}). For example, if the key is @samp{jsp} and map name is 987@samp{hesiod.homes} then @dfn{Hesiod} is asked to resolve 988@samp{jsp.homes.automount}. 989 990Hesiod maps do not support cache mode @samp{all} and, when caching is 991enabled, have a default cache mode of @samp{inc} (@pxref{Automount 992Filesystem}). 993 994The following is an example of a @dfn{Hesiod} map entry: 995 996@example 997jsp.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/charm;rhost:=charm;sublink:=jsp" 998njw.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/dylan/dk2;rhost:=dylan;sublink:=njw" 999@end example 1000 1001@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1002@node Password maps, Union maps, Hesiod maps, Map Types 1003@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1004@subsection Password maps 1005@cindex Password file maps 1006@cindex /etc/passwd maps 1007@cindex User maps, automatic generation 1008@cindex Automatic generation of user maps 1009@cindex Using the password file as a map 1010 1011The password map support is unlike the four previous map types. When 1012the map name is the string @file{/etc/passwd} @i{Amd} can lookup a user 1013name in the password file and re-arrange the home directory field to 1014produce a usable map entry. 1015 1016@i{Amd} assumes the home directory has the format 1017`@t{/}@i{anydir}@t{/}@i{dom1}@t{/../}@i{domN}@t{/}@i{login}'. 1018@c @footnote{This interpretation is not necessarily exactly what you want.} 1019It breaks this string into a map entry where @code{$@{rfs@}} has the 1020value `@t{/}@i{anydir}@t{/}@i{domN}', @code{$@{rhost@}} has the value 1021`@i{domN}@t{.}@i{...}@t{.}@i{dom1}', and @code{$@{sublink@}} has the 1022value @i{login}.@refill 1023 1024Thus if the password file entry was 1025 1026@example 1027/home/achilles/jsp 1028@end example 1029 1030the map entry used by @i{Amd} would be 1031 1032@example 1033rfs:=/home/achilles;rhost:=achilles;sublink:=jsp 1034@end example 1035 1036Similarly, if the password file entry was 1037 1038@example 1039/home/cc/sugar/mjh 1040@end example 1041 1042the map entry used by @i{Amd} would be 1043 1044@example 1045rfs:=/home/sugar;rhost:=sugar.cc;sublink:=mhj 1046@end example 1047 1048@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1049@node Union maps, LDAP maps, Password maps, Map Types 1050@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1051@subsection Union maps 1052@cindex Union file maps 1053 1054The union map support is provided specifically for use with the union 1055filesystem, @pxref{Union Filesystem}. 1056 1057It is identified by the string @samp{union:} which is followed by a 1058colon separated list of directories. The directories are read in order, 1059and the names of all entries are recorded in the map cache. Later 1060directories take precedence over earlier ones. The union filesystem 1061type then uses the map cache to determine the union of the names in all 1062the directories. 1063 1064@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1065@node LDAP maps, Executable maps, Union maps, Map Types 1066@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1067@subsection LDAP maps 1068@cindex LDAP maps 1069@cindex Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 1070 1071LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) maps do not support cache 1072mode @samp{all} and, when caching is enabled, have a default cache mode 1073of @samp{inc}. 1074 1075For example, an @i{Amd} map @samp{amd.home} that looks as follows: 1076 1077@example 1078/defaults opts:=rw,intr;type:=link 1079 1080zing -rhost:=shekel \ 1081 host==shekel \ 1082 host!=shekel;type:=nfs 1083@end example 1084@noindent 1085when converted to LDAP (@pxref{amd2ldif}), will result in the following 1086LDAP database: 1087@example 1088$ amd2ldif amd.home CUCS < amd.home 1089dn: cn=amdmap timestamp, CUCS 1090cn : amdmap timestamp 1091objectClass : amdmapTimestamp 1092amdmapTimestamp: 873071363 1093 1094dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[/defaults], CUCS 1095cn : amdmap amd.home[/defaults] 1096objectClass : amdmap 1097amdmapName : amd.home 1098amdmapKey : /defaults 1099amdmapValue : opts:=rw,intr;type:=link 1100 1101dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[], CUCS 1102cn : amdmap amd.home[] 1103objectClass : amdmap 1104amdmapName : amd.home 1105amdmapKey : 1106amdmapValue : 1107 1108dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[zing], CUCS 1109cn : amdmap amd.home[zing] 1110objectClass : amdmap 1111amdmapName : amd.home 1112amdmapKey : zing 1113amdmapValue : -rhost:=shekel host==shekel host!=shekel;type:=nfs 1114@end example 1115 1116@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1117@node Executable maps, , LDAP maps, Map Types 1118@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1119@subsection Executable maps 1120@cindex Executable maps 1121 1122An executable map is a dynamic map in which the keys and values for 1123the maps are generated on the fly by a program or script. The program 1124is expected to take a single parameter argument which is the key to 1125lookup. If the key is found, the program should print on stdout the 1126key-value pair that were found; if the key was not found, nothing 1127should be printed out. Below is an sample of such a map script: 1128 1129@example 1130#!/bin/sh 1131# executable map example 1132case "$1" in 1133 "/defaults" ) 1134 echo "/defaults type:=nfs;rfs:=filer" 1135 ;; 1136 "a" ) 1137 echo "a type:=nfs;fs:=/tmp" 1138 ;; 1139 "b" ) 1140 echo "b type:=link;fs:=/usr/local" 1141 ;; 1142 * ) # no match, echo nothing 1143 ;; 1144esac 1145@end example 1146 1147@xref{exec_map_timeout Parameter}. 1148 1149@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1150@c subsection Gdbm 1151@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1152@node Key Lookup, Location Format, Map Types, Mount Maps 1153@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1154@section How keys are looked up 1155@cindex Key lookup 1156@cindex Map lookup 1157@cindex Looking up keys 1158@cindex How keys are looked up 1159@cindex Wildcards in maps 1160 1161The key is located in the map whose type was determined when the 1162automount point was first created. In general the key is a pathname 1163component. In some circumstances this may be modified by variable 1164expansion (@pxref{Variable Expansion}) and prefixing. If the automount 1165point has a prefix, specified by the @var{pref} option, then that is 1166prepended to the search key before the map is searched. 1167 1168If the map cache is a @samp{regexp} cache then the key is treated as an 1169egrep-style regular expression, otherwise a normal string comparison is 1170made. 1171 1172If the key cannot be found then a @dfn{wildcard} match is attempted. 1173@i{Amd} repeatedly strips the basename from the key, appends @samp{/*} and 1174attempts a lookup. Finally, @i{Amd} attempts to locate the special key @samp{*}. 1175 1176For example, the following sequence would be checked if @file{home/dylan/dk2} was 1177being located: 1178 1179@example 1180 home/dylan/dk2 1181 home/dylan/* 1182 home/* 1183 * 1184@end example 1185 1186At any point when a wildcard is found, @i{Amd} proceeds as if an exact 1187match had been found and the value field is then used to resolve the 1188mount request, otherwise an error code is propagated back to the kernel. 1189(@pxref{Filesystem Types}).@refill 1190 1191@node Location Format, , Key Lookup, Mount Maps 1192@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1193@section Location Format 1194@cindex Location format 1195@cindex Map entry format 1196@cindex How locations are parsed 1197 1198The value field from the lookup provides the information required to 1199mount a filesystem. The information is parsed according to the syntax 1200shown below. 1201 1202@display 1203@i{location-list}: 1204 @i{location-selection} 1205 @i{location-list} @i{white-space} @t{||} @i{white-space} @i{location-selection} 1206@i{location-selection}: 1207 @i{location} 1208 @i{location-selection} @i{white-space} @i{location} 1209@i{location}: 1210 @i{location-info} 1211 @t{-}@i{location-info} 1212 @t{-} 1213@i{location-info}: 1214 @i{sel-or-opt} 1215 @i{location-info}@t{;}@i{sel-or-opt} 1216 @t{;} 1217@i{sel-or-opt}: 1218 @i{selection} 1219 @i{opt-ass} 1220@i{selection}: 1221 selector@t{==}@i{value} 1222 selector@t{!=}@i{value} 1223@i{opt-ass}: 1224 option@t{:=}@i{value} 1225@i{white-space}: 1226 space 1227 tab 1228@end display 1229 1230Note that unquoted whitespace is not allowed in a location description. 1231White space is only allowed, and is mandatory, where shown with non-terminal 1232@i{white-space}. 1233 1234A @dfn{location-selection} is a list of possible volumes with which to 1235satisfy the request. Each @dfn{location-selection} is tried 1236sequentially, until either one succeeds or all fail. This, by the 1237way, is different from the historically documented behavior, which 1238claimed (falsely, at least for last 3 years) that @i{Amd} would 1239attempt to mount all @dfn{location-selection}s in parallel and the 1240first one to succeed would be used. 1241 1242@dfn{location-selection}s are optionally separated by the @samp{||} 1243operator. The effect of this operator is to prevent use of 1244location-selections to its right if any of the location-selections on 1245its left were selected, whether or not any of them were successfully 1246mounted (@pxref{Selectors}).@refill 1247 1248The location-selection, and singleton @dfn{location-list}, 1249@samp{type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd1g} would inform @i{Amd} to mount a UFS 1250filesystem from the block special device @file{/dev/xd1g}. 1251 1252The @dfn{sel-or-opt} component is either the name of an option required 1253by a specific filesystem, or it is the name of a built-in, predefined 1254selector such as the architecture type. The value may be quoted with 1255double quotes @samp{"}, for example 1256@samp{type:="ufs";dev:="/dev/xd1g"}. These quotes are stripped when the 1257value is parsed and there is no way to get a double quote into a value 1258field. Double quotes are used to get white space into a value field, 1259which is needed for the program filesystem (@pxref{Program Filesystem}).@refill 1260 1261@menu 1262* Map Defaults:: 1263* Variable Expansion:: 1264* Selectors:: 1265* Map Options:: 1266@end menu 1267 1268@node Map Defaults, Variable Expansion, Location Format, Location Format 1269@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1270@subsection Map Defaults 1271@cindex Map defaults 1272@cindex How to set default map parameters 1273@cindex Setting default map parameters 1274 1275A location beginning with a dash @samp{-} is used to specify default 1276values for subsequent locations. Any previously specified defaults in 1277the location-list are discarded. The default string can be empty in 1278which case no defaults apply. 1279 1280The location @samp{-fs:=/mnt;opts:=ro} would set the local mount point 1281to @file{/mnt} and cause mounts to be read-only by default. Defaults 1282specified this way are appended to, and so override, any global map 1283defaults given with @samp{/defaults}). 1284 1285@c 1286@c A @samp{/defaults} value @dfn{gdef} and a location list 1287@c \begin{quote} 1288@c $@samp{-}@dfn{def}_a $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$ @samp{-}@dfn{def}_b $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$ 1289@c \end{quote} 1290@c is equivalent to 1291@c \begin{quote} 1292@c $@samp{-}@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$ @samp{-}@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_b $\verb*+ +$ @dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$ 1293@c \end{quote} 1294@c which is equivalent to 1295@c \begin{quote} 1296@c $@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{a_1} $\verb*+ +$@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_a@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{a_2} $\verb*+ +$@dfn{gdef}@samp{;}@dfn{def}_b@samp{;}@dfn{loc}_{b_1} \ldots$ 1297@c \end{quote} 1298 1299@node Variable Expansion, Selectors, Map Defaults, Location Format 1300@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1301@subsection Variable Expansion 1302@cindex Variable expansion 1303@cindex How variables are expanded 1304@cindex Pathname operators 1305@cindex Domain stripping 1306@cindex Domainname operators 1307@cindex Stripping the local domain name 1308@cindex Environment variables 1309@cindex How to access environment variables in maps 1310 1311To allow generic location specifications @i{Amd} does variable expansion 1312on each location and also on some of the option strings. Any option or 1313selector appearing in the form @code{$@dfn{var}} is replaced by the 1314current value of that option or selector. For example, if the value of 1315@code{$@{key@}} was @samp{bin}, @code{$@{autodir@}} was @samp{/a} and 1316@code{$@{fs@}} was `@t{$@{autodir@}}@t{/local/}@t{$@{key@}}' then 1317after expansion @code{$@{fs@}} would have the value @samp{/a/local/bin}. 1318Any environment variable can be accessed in a similar way.@refill 1319 1320Two pathname operators are available when expanding a variable. If the 1321variable name begins with @samp{/} then only the last component of the 1322pathname is substituted. For example, if @code{$@{path@}} was 1323@samp{/foo/bar} then @code{$@{/path@}} would be expanded to @samp{bar}. 1324Similarly, if the variable name ends with @samp{/} then all but the last 1325component of the pathname is substituted. In the previous example, 1326@code{$@{path/@}} would be expanded to @samp{/foo}.@refill 1327 1328Two domain name operators are also provided. If the variable name 1329begins with @samp{.} then only the domain part of the name is 1330substituted. For example, if @code{$@{rhost@}} was 1331@samp{swan.doc.ic.ac.uk} then @code{$@{.rhost@}} would be expanded to 1332@samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}. Similarly, if the variable name ends with @samp{.} 1333then only the host component is substituted. In the previous example, 1334@code{$@{rhost.@}} would be expanded to @samp{swan}.@refill 1335 1336Variable expansion is a two phase process. Before a location is parsed, 1337all references to selectors, @i{eg} @code{$@{path@}}, are expanded. The 1338location is then parsed, selections are evaluated and option assignments 1339recorded. If there were no selections or they all succeeded the 1340location is used and the values of the following options are expanded in 1341the order given: @var{sublink}, @var{rfs}, @var{fs}, @var{opts}, 1342@var{remopts}, @var{mount} and @var{unmount}. 1343 1344Note that expansion of option values is done after @dfn{all} assignments 1345have been completed and not in a purely left to right order as is done 1346by the shell. This generally has the desired effect but care must be 1347taken if one of the options references another, in which case the 1348ordering can become significant. 1349 1350There are two special cases concerning variable expansion: 1351 1352@enumerate 1353@item 1354before a map is consulted, any selectors in the name received 1355from the kernel are expanded. For example, if the request from the 1356kernel was for `@t{$@{arch@}}@t{.bin}' and the machine architecture 1357was @samp{vax}, the value given to @code{$@{key@}} would be 1358@samp{vax.bin}.@refill 1359 1360@item 1361the value of @code{$@{rhost@}} is expanded and normalized before the 1362other options are expanded. The normalization process strips any local 1363sub-domain components. For example, if @code{$@{domain@}} was 1364@samp{Berkeley.EDU} and @code{$@{rhost@}} was initially 1365@samp{snow.Berkeley.EDU}, after the normalization it would simply be 1366@samp{snow}. Hostname normalization is currently done in a 1367@emph{case-dependent} manner.@refill 1368@end enumerate 1369 1370@c====================================================================== 1371@node Selectors, Map Options, Variable Expansion, Location Format 1372@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1373@subsection Selectors 1374@cindex Selectors 1375 1376Selectors are used to control the use of a location. It is possible to 1377share a mount map between many machines in such a way that filesystem 1378location, architecture and operating system differences are hidden from 1379the users. A selector of the form @samp{arch==sun3;os==sunos4} would only 1380apply on Sun-3s running SunOS 4.x. 1381 1382Selectors can be negated by using @samp{!=} instead of @samp{==}. For 1383example to select a location on all non-Vax machines the selector 1384@samp{arch!=vax} would be used. 1385 1386Selectors are evaluated left to right. If a selector fails then that 1387location is ignored. Thus the selectors form a conjunction and the 1388locations form a disjunction. If all the locations are ignored or 1389otherwise fail then @i{Amd} uses the @dfn{error} filesystem 1390(@pxref{Error Filesystem}). This is equivalent to having a location 1391@samp{type:=error} at the end of each mount-map entry.@refill 1392 1393The default value of many of the selectors listed here can be overridden 1394by an @i{Amd} command line switch or in an @i{Amd} configuration file. 1395@xref{Amd Configuration File}. 1396 1397The following selectors are currently implemented. 1398 1399@menu 1400* arch Selector Variable:: 1401* autodir Selector Variable:: 1402* byte Selector Variable:: 1403* cluster Selector Variable:: 1404* domain Selector Variable:: 1405* dollar Selector Variable:: 1406* host Selector Variable:: 1407* hostd Selector Variable:: 1408* karch Selector Variable:: 1409* os Selector Variable:: 1410* osver Selector Variable:: 1411* full_os Selector Variable:: 1412* vendor Selector Variable:: 1413 1414* key Selector Variable:: 1415* map Selector Variable:: 1416* netnumber Selector Variable:: 1417* network Selector Variable:: 1418* path Selector Variable:: 1419* wire Selector Variable:: 1420* uid Selector Variable:: 1421* gid Selector Variable:: 1422 1423* exists Selector Function:: 1424* false Selector Function:: 1425* netgrp Selector Function:: 1426* netgrpd Selector Function:: 1427* in_network Selector Function:: 1428* true Selector Function:: 1429* xhost Selector Function:: 1430@end menu 1431 1432@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1433@node arch Selector Variable, autodir Selector Variable, Selectors, Selectors 1434@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1435@subsubsection arch Selector Variable 1436@cindex arch Selector Variable 1437@cindex arch, mount selector 1438@cindex Mount selector; arch 1439@cindex Selector; arch 1440 1441The machine architecture which was automatically determined at compile 1442time. The architecture type can be displayed by running the command 1443@samp{amd -v}. You can override this value also using the @code{-A} 1444command line option. @xref{Supported Platforms}.@refill 1445 1446@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1447@node autodir Selector Variable, byte Selector Variable, arch Selector Variable, Selectors 1448@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1449@subsubsection autodir Selector Variable 1450@cindex autodir Selector Variable 1451@cindex autodir, mount selector 1452@cindex Mount selector; autodir 1453@cindex Selector; autodir 1454 1455The default directory under which to mount filesystems. This may be 1456changed by the @code{-a} command line option. @xref{fs Option}. 1457 1458@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1459@node byte Selector Variable, cluster Selector Variable, autodir Selector Variable, Selectors 1460@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1461@subsubsection byte Selector Variable 1462@cindex byte Selector Variable 1463@cindex byte, mount selector 1464@cindex Mount selector; byte 1465@cindex Selector; byte 1466 1467The machine's byte ordering. This is either @samp{little}, indicating 1468little-endian, or @samp{big}, indicating big-endian. One possible use 1469is to share @samp{rwho} databases (@pxref{rwho servers}). Another is to 1470share ndbm databases, however this use can be considered a courageous 1471juggling act. 1472 1473@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1474@node cluster Selector Variable, domain Selector Variable, byte Selector Variable, Selectors 1475@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1476@subsubsection cluster Selector Variable 1477@cindex cluster Selector Variable 1478@cindex cluster, mount selector 1479@cindex Mount selector; cluster 1480@cindex Selector; cluster 1481 1482This is provided as a hook for the name of the local cluster. This can 1483be used to decide which servers to use for copies of replicated 1484filesystems. @code{$@{cluster@}} defaults to the value of 1485@code{$@{domain@}} unless a different value is set with the @code{-C} 1486command line option. 1487 1488@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1489@node domain Selector Variable, dollar Selector Variable, cluster Selector Variable, Selectors 1490@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1491@subsubsection domain Selector Variable 1492@cindex domain Selector Variable 1493@cindex domain, mount selector 1494@cindex Mount selector; domain 1495@cindex Selector; domain 1496 1497The local domain name as specified by the @code{-d} command line option. 1498@xref{host Selector Variable}. 1499 1500@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1501@node dollar Selector Variable, host Selector Variable, domain Selector Variable, Selectors 1502@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1503@subsubsection dollar Selector Variable 1504@cindex dollar Selector Variable 1505 1506This is a special variable, whose sole purpose is to produce a literal 1507dollar sign in the value of another variable. For example, if you have 1508a remote file system whose name is @samp{/disk$s}, you can mount it by 1509setting the remote file system variable as follows: 1510 1511@example 1512rfs:=/disk$@{dollar@}s 1513@end example 1514 1515@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1516@node host Selector Variable, hostd Selector Variable, dollar Selector Variable, Selectors 1517@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1518@subsubsection host Selector Variable 1519@cindex host Selector Variable 1520@cindex host, mount selector 1521@cindex Mount selector; host 1522@cindex Selector; host 1523 1524The local hostname as determined by @b{gethostname}(2). If no domain 1525name was specified on the command line and the hostname contains a 1526period @samp{.} then the string before the period is used as the host 1527name, and the string after the period is assigned to @code{$@{domain@}}. 1528For example, if the hostname is @samp{styx.doc.ic.ac.uk} then 1529@code{host} would be @samp{styx} and @code{domain} would be 1530@samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}. @code{hostd} would be 1531@samp{styx.doc.ic.ac.uk}.@refill 1532 1533@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1534@node hostd Selector Variable, karch Selector Variable, host Selector Variable, Selectors 1535@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1536@subsubsection hostd Selector Variable 1537@cindex hostd Selector Variable 1538@cindex hostd, mount selector 1539@cindex Mount selector; hostd 1540@cindex Selector; hostd 1541 1542This resolves to the @code{$@{host@}} and @code{$@{domain@}} 1543concatenated with a @samp{.} inserted between them if required. If 1544@code{$@{domain@}} is an empty string then @code{$@{host@}} and 1545@code{$@{hostd@}} will be identical. 1546 1547@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1548@node karch Selector Variable, os Selector Variable, hostd Selector Variable, Selectors 1549@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1550@subsubsection karch Selector Variable 1551@cindex karch Selector Variable 1552@cindex karch, mount selector 1553@cindex Mount selector; karch 1554@cindex Selector; karch 1555 1556This is provided as a hook for the kernel architecture. This is used on 1557SunOS 4 and SunOS 5, for example, to distinguish between different 1558@samp{/usr/kvm} volumes. @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to the ``machine'' 1559value gotten from @b{uname}(2). If the @b{uname}(2) system call is not 1560available, the value of @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to that of 1561@code{$@{arch@}}. Finally, a different value can be set with the @code{-k} 1562command line option. 1563 1564@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1565@node os Selector Variable, osver Selector Variable, karch Selector Variable, Selectors 1566@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1567@subsubsection os Selector Variable 1568@cindex os Selector Variable 1569@cindex os, mount selector 1570@cindex Mount selector; os 1571@cindex Selector; os 1572 1573The operating system. Like the machine architecture, this is 1574automatically determined at compile time. The operating system name can 1575be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}. @xref{Supported 1576Platforms}.@refill 1577 1578@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1579@node osver Selector Variable, full_os Selector Variable, os Selector Variable, Selectors 1580@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1581@subsubsection osver Selector Variable 1582@cindex osver Selector Variable 1583@cindex osver, mount selector 1584@cindex Mount selector; osver 1585@cindex Selector; osver 1586 1587The operating system version. Like the machine architecture, this is 1588automatically determined at compile time. The operating system name can 1589be displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}. @xref{Supported 1590Platforms}.@refill 1591 1592@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1593@node full_os Selector Variable, vendor Selector Variable, osver Selector Variable, Selectors 1594@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1595@subsubsection full_os Selector Variable 1596@cindex full_os Selector Variable 1597@cindex full_os, mount selector 1598@cindex Mount selector; full_os 1599@cindex Selector; full_os 1600 1601The full name of the operating system, including its version. This 1602value is automatically determined at compile time. The full operating 1603system name and version can be displayed by running the command 1604@samp{amd -v}. @xref{Supported Platforms}.@refill 1605 1606@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1607@node vendor Selector Variable, key Selector Variable, full_os Selector Variable, Selectors 1608@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1609@subsubsection vendor Selector Variable 1610@cindex vendor Selector Variable 1611@cindex vendor, mount selector 1612@cindex Mount selector; vendor 1613@cindex Selector; vendor 1614 1615The name of the vendor of the operating system. This value is 1616automatically determined at compile time. The name of the vendor can be 1617displayed by running the command @samp{amd -v}. @xref{Supported 1618Platforms}.@refill 1619 1620 1621@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1622@ifhtml 1623<HR> 1624@end ifhtml 1625@sp 3 1626The following selectors are also provided. Unlike the other selectors, 1627they vary for each lookup. Note that when the name from the kernel is 1628expanded prior to a map lookup, these selectors are all defined as empty 1629strings. 1630 1631@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1632@node key Selector Variable, map Selector Variable, vendor Selector Variable, Selectors 1633@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1634@subsubsection key Selector Variable 1635@cindex key Selector Variable 1636@cindex key, mount selector 1637@cindex Mount selector; key 1638@cindex Selector; key 1639 1640The name being resolved. For example, if @file{/home} is an automount 1641point, then accessing @file{/home/foo} would set @code{$@{key@}} to the 1642string @samp{foo}. The key is prefixed by the @var{pref} option set in 1643the parent mount point. The default prefix is an empty string. If the 1644prefix was @file{blah/} then @code{$@{key@}} would be set to 1645@file{blah/foo}.@refill 1646 1647@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1648@node map Selector Variable, netnumber Selector Variable, key Selector Variable, Selectors 1649@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1650@subsubsection map Selector Variable 1651@cindex map Selector Variable 1652@cindex map, mount selector 1653@cindex Mount selector; map 1654@cindex Selector; map 1655 1656The name of the mount map being used. 1657 1658@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1659@node netnumber Selector Variable, network Selector Variable, map Selector Variable, Selectors 1660@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1661@subsubsection netnumber Selector Variable 1662@cindex netnumber Selector Variable 1663@cindex netnumber, mount selector 1664@cindex Mount selector; netnumber 1665@cindex Selector; netnumber 1666 1667This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function, 1668see @ref{in_network Selector Function}. It will match either the name 1669or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected 1670to. The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from 1671the output of @samp{amd -v}. 1672 1673@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1674@node network Selector Variable, path Selector Variable, netnumber Selector Variable, Selectors 1675@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1676@subsubsection network Selector Variable 1677@cindex network Selector Variable 1678@cindex network, mount selector 1679@cindex Mount selector; network 1680@cindex Selector; network 1681 1682This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function, 1683see @ref{in_network Selector Function}. It will match either the name 1684or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected 1685to. The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from 1686the output of @samp{amd -v}. 1687 1688@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1689@node path Selector Variable, wire Selector Variable, network Selector Variable, Selectors 1690@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1691@subsubsection path Selector Variable 1692@cindex path Selector Variable 1693@cindex path, mount selector 1694@cindex Mount selector; path 1695@cindex Selector; path 1696 1697The full pathname of the name being resolved. For example 1698@file{/home/foo} in the example above. 1699 1700@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1701@node wire Selector Variable, uid Selector Variable, path Selector Variable, Selectors 1702@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1703@subsubsection wire Selector Variable 1704@cindex wire Selector Variable 1705@cindex wire, mount selector 1706@cindex Mount selector; wire 1707@cindex Selector; wire 1708 1709This selector is identical to the @samp{in_network} selector function, 1710see @ref{in_network Selector Function}. It will match either the name 1711or number of @i{any} network interface on which this host is connected 1712to. The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from 1713the output of @samp{amd -v}. 1714 1715@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1716@node uid Selector Variable, gid Selector Variable, wire Selector Variable, Selectors 1717@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1718@subsubsection uid Selector Variable 1719@cindex uid Selector Variable 1720@cindex uid, mount selector 1721@cindex Mount selector; uid 1722@cindex Selector; uid 1723 1724This selector provides the numeric effective user ID (UID) of the user 1725which last accessed an automounted path name. This simple example shows 1726how floppy mounting can be assigned only to machine owners: 1727 1728@example 1729floppy -type:=pcfs \ 1730 uid==2301;host==shekel;dev:=/dev/floppy \ 1731 uid==6712;host==titan;dev=/dev/fd0 \ 1732 uid==0;dev:=/dev/fd0c \ 1733 type:=error 1734@end example 1735 1736The example allows two machine owners to mount floppies on their 1737designated workstations, allows the root user to mount on any host, and 1738otherwise forces an error. 1739 1740@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1741@node gid Selector Variable, exists Selector Function, uid Selector Variable, Selectors 1742@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1743@subsubsection gid Selector Variable 1744@cindex gid Selector Variable 1745@cindex gid, mount selector 1746@cindex Mount selector; gid 1747@cindex Selector; gid 1748 1749This selector provides the numeric effective group ID (GID) of the user 1750which last accessed an automounted path name. 1751 1752@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1753@ifhtml 1754<HR> 1755@end ifhtml 1756@sp 2 1757The following boolean functions are selectors which take an argument 1758@i{ARG}. They return a value of true or false, and thus do not need to 1759be compared with a value. Each of these may be negated by prepending 1760@samp{!} to their name. 1761 1762@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1763@node exists Selector Function, false Selector Function, gid Selector Variable, Selectors 1764@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1765@subsubsection exists Selector Function 1766@cindex exists Selector Function 1767@cindex exists, boolean mount selector 1768@cindex !exists, boolean mount selector 1769@cindex Mount selector; exists 1770@cindex Selector; exists 1771 1772If the file listed by @i{ARG} exists (via @b{lstat}(2)), this function 1773evaluates to true. Otherwise it evaluates to false. 1774 1775@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1776@node false Selector Function, netgrp Selector Function, exists Selector Function, Selectors 1777@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1778@subsubsection false Selector Function 1779@cindex false Selector Function 1780@cindex false, boolean mount selector 1781@cindex !false, boolean mount selector 1782@cindex Mount selector; false 1783@cindex Selector; false 1784 1785Always evaluates to false. @i{ARG} is ignored. 1786 1787@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1788@node netgrp Selector Function, netgrpd Selector Function, false Selector Function, Selectors 1789@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1790@subsubsection netgrp Selector Function 1791@cindex netgrp Selector Function 1792@cindex netgrp, boolean mount selector 1793@cindex !netgrp, boolean mount selector 1794@cindex Mount selector; netgrp 1795@cindex Selector; netgrp 1796 1797The argument @i{ARG} of this selector is a netgroup name followed 1798optionally by a comma and a host name. If the host name is not 1799specified, it defaults to @code{$@{host@}}. If the host name (short 1800name) is a member of the netgroup, this selector evaluates to true. 1801Otherwise it evaluates to false. 1802 1803For example, suppose you have a netgroup @samp{ppp-hosts}, and for 1804reasons of performance, these have a local @file{/home} partition, 1805while all other clients on the faster network can access a shared home 1806directory. A common map to use for both might look like the 1807following: 1808 1809@example 1810home/* netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=link;fs:=/local/$@{key@} \ 1811 !netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=nfs;rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/remote/$@{key@} 1812@end example 1813 1814A more complex example that takes advantage of the two argument netgrp 1815mount selector is given in the following scenario. Suppose one wants 1816to mount the local scratch space from a each host under 1817@file{scratch/<hostname>} and some hosts have their scratch space in a 1818different path than others. Hosts in the netgroup @samp{apple-hosts} 1819have their scratch space in the @file{/apple} path, where hosts in the 1820netgroup @samp{cherry-hosts} have their scratch space in the 1821@file{/cherry} path. For hosts that are neither in the 1822@samp{apple-hosts} or @samp{cherry-hosts} netgroups we want to make a 1823symlink pointing to nowhere but provide a descriptive error message in 1824the link destination: 1825 1826@example 1827scratch/* netgrp(apple-hosts,$@{/key@});type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{/key@};\ 1828 rfs:="/apple" \ 1829 netgrp(cherry-hosts,$@{/key@});type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{/key@};\ 1830 rfs:="/cherry" \ 1831 type:=link;rfs:="no local partition for $@{/key@}" 1832@end example 1833 1834@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1835@node netgrpd Selector Function, in_network Selector Function, netgrp Selector Function, Selectors 1836@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1837@subsubsection netgrpd Selector Function 1838@cindex netgrpd Selector Function 1839@cindex netgrpd, boolean mount selector 1840@cindex !netgrpd, boolean mount selector 1841@cindex Mount selector; netgrpd 1842@cindex Selector; netgrpd 1843 1844The argument @i{ARG} of this selector is a netgroup name followed 1845optionally by a comma and a host name. If the host name is not 1846specified, it defaults to @code{$@{hostd@}}. If the host name 1847(fully-qualified name) is a member of the netgroup, this selector 1848evaluates to true. Otherwise it evaluates to false. 1849 1850The @samp{netgrpd} function uses fully-qualified host names to match 1851netgroup names, while the @samp{netgrp} function (@pxref{netgrp 1852Selector Function}) uses short host names. 1853 1854@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1855@node in_network Selector Function, true Selector Function, netgrpd Selector Function, Selectors 1856@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1857@subsubsection in_network Selector Function 1858@cindex in_network Selector Function 1859@cindex in_network, boolean mount selector 1860@cindex !in_network, boolean mount selector 1861@cindex Mount selector; in_network 1862@cindex Selector; in_network 1863 1864This selector matches against any network name or number with an 1865optional netmask. First, if the current host has any network interface that is 1866locally attached to the network specified in @i{ARG} (either via name or 1867number), this selector evaluates to true. 1868 1869Second, @samp{in_network} supports a network/netmask syntax such as 1870@samp{128.59.16.0/255.255.255.0}, @samp{128.59.16.0/24}, 1871@samp{128.59.16.0/0xffffff00}, or @samp{128.59.16.0/}. Using the last 1872form, @i{Amd} will match the specified network number against the 1873default netmasks of each of the locally attached interfaces. 1874 1875If the selector does not match, it evaluates to false. 1876 1877For example, suppose you have two servers that have an exportable 1878@file{/opt} that smaller clients can NFS mount. The two servers are 1879say, @samp{serv1} on network @samp{foo-net.site.com} and @samp{serv2} on 1880network @samp{123.4.5.0}. You can write a map to be used by all clients 1881that will attempt to mount the closest one as follows: 1882 1883@example 1884opt in_network(foo-net.site.com);rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/opt \ 1885 in_network(123.4.5.0);rhost:=serv2;rfs:=/opt \ 1886 rhost:=fallback-server 1887@end example 1888 1889@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1890@node true Selector Function, xhost Selector Function, in_network Selector Function, Selectors 1891@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1892@subsubsection true Selector Function 1893@cindex true Selector Function 1894@cindex true, boolean mount selector 1895@cindex !true, boolean mount selector 1896@cindex Mount selector; true 1897@cindex Selector; true 1898 1899Always evaluates to true. @i{ARG} is ignored. 1900 1901@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1902@node xhost Selector Function, , true Selector Function, Selectors 1903@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1904@subsubsection xhost Selector Function 1905@cindex xhost Selector Function 1906@cindex xhost, boolean mount selector 1907@cindex !xhost, boolean mount selector 1908@cindex Mount selector; xhost 1909@cindex Selector; xhost 1910@cindex CNAMEs 1911 1912This function compares @i{ARG} against the current hostname, similarly 1913to the @ref{host Selector Variable}. However, this function will 1914also match if @i{ARG} is a CNAME (DNS Canonical Name, or alias) for 1915the current host's name. 1916 1917@c ================================================================ 1918@node Map Options, , Selectors, Location Format 1919@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1920@subsection Map Options 1921@cindex Map options 1922@cindex Setting map options 1923 1924Options are parsed concurrently with selectors. The difference is that 1925when an option is seen the string following the @samp{:=} is 1926recorded for later use. As a minimum the @var{type} option must be 1927specified. Each filesystem type has other options which must also be 1928specified. @xref{Filesystem Types}, for details on the filesystem 1929specific options.@refill 1930 1931Superfluous option specifications are ignored and are not reported 1932as errors. 1933 1934The following options apply to more than one filesystem type. 1935 1936@menu 1937* addopts Option:: 1938* delay Option:: 1939* fs Option:: 1940* opts Option:: 1941* remopts Option:: 1942* sublink Option:: 1943* type Option:: 1944@end menu 1945 1946@node addopts Option, delay Option, Map Options, Map Options 1947@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1948@subsubsection addopts Option 1949@cindex Setting additional options on a mount location 1950@cindex Overriding or adding options to a mount 1951@cindex addopts, mount option 1952@cindex Mount option; addopts 1953 1954This option adds additional options to default options normally 1955specified in the @samp{/defaults} entry or the defaults of the key entry 1956being processed (@pxref{opts Option}). Normally when you specify 1957@samp{opts} in both the @samp{/defaults} and the map entry, the latter 1958overrides the former completely. But with @samp{addopts} it will append 1959the options and override any conflicting ones. 1960 1961@samp{addopts} also overrides the value of the @samp{remopts} option 1962(@pxref{remopts Option}), which unless specified defaults to the value 1963of @samp{opts}. 1964 1965Options which start with @samp{no} will override those with the same 1966name that do not start with @samp{no} and vice verse. Special handling 1967is given to inverted options such as @samp{soft} and @samp{hard}, 1968@samp{bg} and @samp{fg}, @samp{ro} and @samp{rw}, etc. 1969 1970For example, if the default options specified were 1971@example 1972opts:=rw,nosuid,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,quota,posix 1973@end example 1974 1975and the ones specified in a map entry were 1976 1977@example 1978addopts:=grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr 1979@end example 1980 1981then the actual options used would be 1982 1983@example 1984wsize=1024,posix,grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr 1985@end example 1986 1987@node delay Option, fs Option, addopts Option, Map Options 1988@comment node-name, next, previous, up 1989@subsubsection delay Option 1990@cindex Setting a delay on a mount location 1991@cindex Delaying mounts from specific locations 1992@cindex Primary server 1993@cindex Secondary server 1994@cindex delay, mount option 1995@cindex Mount option; delay 1996 1997The delay, in seconds, before an attempt will be made to mount from the 1998current location. Auxiliary data, such as network address, file handles 1999and so on are computed regardless of this value. 2000 2001A delay can be used to implement the notion of primary and secondary 2002file servers. The secondary servers would have a delay of a few 2003seconds, thus giving the primary servers a chance to respond first. 2004 2005@node fs Option, opts Option, delay Option, Map Options 2006@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2007@subsubsection fs Option 2008@cindex Setting the local mount point 2009@cindex Overriding the default mount point 2010@cindex fs, mount option 2011@cindex Mount option; fs 2012 2013The local mount point. The semantics of this option vary between 2014filesystems. 2015 2016For NFS and UFS filesystems the value of @code{$@{fs@}} is used as the 2017local mount point. For other filesystem types it has other meanings 2018which are described in the section describing the respective filesystem 2019type. It is important that this string uniquely identifies the 2020filesystem being mounted. To satisfy this requirement, it should 2021contain the name of the host on which the filesystem is resident and the 2022pathname of the filesystem on the local or remote host. 2023 2024The reason for requiring the hostname is clear if replicated filesystems 2025are considered. If a fileserver goes down and a replacement filesystem 2026is mounted then the @dfn{local} mount point @dfn{must} be different from 2027that of the filesystem which is hung. Some encoding of the filesystem 2028name is required if more than one filesystem is to be mounted from any 2029given host. 2030 2031If the hostname is first in the path then all mounts from a particular 2032host will be gathered below a single directory. If that server goes 2033down then the hung mount points are less likely to be accidentally 2034referenced, for example when @b{getcwd}(3) traverses the namespace to 2035find the pathname of the current directory. 2036 2037The @samp{fs} option defaults to 2038@code{$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}$@{rfs@}}. In addition, 2039@samp{rhost} defaults to the local host name (@code{$@{host@}}) and 2040@samp{rfs} defaults to the value of @code{$@{path@}}, which is the full 2041path of the requested file; @samp{/home/foo} in the example above 2042(@pxref{Selectors}). @code{$@{autodir@}} defaults to @samp{/a} but may 2043be changed with the @code{-a} command line option. Sun's automounter 2044defaults to @samp{/tmp_mnt}. Note that there is no @samp{/} between 2045the @code{$@{rhost@}} and @code{$@{rfs@}} since @code{$@{rfs@}} begins 2046with a @samp{/}.@refill 2047 2048@node opts Option, remopts Option, fs Option, Map Options 2049@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2050@subsubsection opts Option 2051@cindex Setting system mount options 2052@cindex Passing parameters to the mount system call 2053@cindex mount system call 2054@cindex mount system call flags 2055@cindex The mount system call 2056@cindex opts, mount option 2057@cindex Mount option; opts 2058 2059The options to pass to the mount system call. A leading @samp{-} is 2060silently ignored. The mount options supported generally correspond to 2061those used by @b{mount}(8) and are listed below. Some additional 2062pseudo-options are interpreted by @i{Amd} and are also listed. 2063 2064Unless specifically overridden, each of the system default mount options 2065applies. Any options not recognized are ignored. If no options list is 2066supplied the string @samp{rw,defaults} is used and all the system 2067default mount options apply. Options which are not applicable for a 2068particular operating system are silently ignored. For example, only 4.4BSD 2069is known to implement the @code{compress} and @code{spongy} options. 2070 2071@table @code 2072 2073@item acdirmax=@var{n} 2074@cindex Mount flags; acdirmax 2075Set the maximum directory attribute cache timeout to @var{n}. 2076 2077@item acdirmin=@var{n} 2078@cindex Mount flags; acdirmin 2079Set the minimum directory attribute cache timeout to @var{n}. 2080 2081@item acregmax=@var{n} 2082@cindex Mount flags; acregmax 2083Set the maximum file attribute cache timeout to @var{n}. 2084 2085@item acregmin=@var{n} 2086@cindex Mount flags; acregmin 2087Set the minimum file attribute cache timeout to @var{n}. 2088 2089@item actimeo=@var{n} 2090@cindex Mount flags; actimeo 2091Set the overall attribute cache timeout to @var{n}. 2092 2093@item auto 2094@cindex Mount flags; auto 2095@itemx ignore 2096@cindex Mount flags; ignore 2097Ignore this mount by @b{df}(1). 2098 2099@item cache 2100@cindex Mount flags; cache 2101Allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount. 2102 2103@item compress 2104@cindex Mount flags; compress 2105Use NFS compression protocol. 2106 2107@item defperm 2108@cindex Mount flags; defperm 2109Ignore the permission mode bits, and default file permissions to 0555, 2110UID 0, and GID 0. Useful for CD-ROMs formatted as ISO-9660. 2111 2112@item dev 2113@cindex Mount flags; dev 2114Allow local special devices on this filesystem. 2115 2116@item dirmask=@var{n} 2117@cindex Mount flags; dirmask 2118For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for directories 2119in the file system. See the @samp{mask} option's description for more 2120details. The mask value of @var{n} can be specified in decimal, 2121octal, or hexadecimal. 2122 2123@item dumbtimr 2124@cindex Mount flags; dumbtimr 2125Turn off the dynamic retransmit timeout estimator. This may be useful 2126for UDP mounts that exhibit high retry rates, since it is possible that 2127the dynamically estimated timeout interval is too short. 2128 2129@item extatt 2130@cindex Mount flags; extatt 2131Enable extended attributes in ISO-9660 file systems. 2132 2133@item fsid 2134@cindex Mount flags; fsid 2135Set ID of filesystem. 2136 2137@item gens 2138@cindex Mount flags; gens 2139Enable generations in ISO-9660 file systems. Generations allow you to 2140see all versions of a given file. 2141 2142@item group=@var{n} 2143@cindex Mount flags; group 2144For PCFS mounts, set the group of the files in the file system to 2145@var{n} (which can either be a group name or a GID number). The 2146default group is the group of the directory on which the file system 2147is being mounted. 2148 2149@item grpid 2150@cindex Mount flags; grpid 2151Use BSD directory group-id semantics. 2152 2153@item int 2154@cindex Mount flags; int 2155@itemx intr 2156@cindex Mount flags; intr 2157Allow keyboard interrupts on hard mounts. 2158 2159@item lock 2160@cindex Mount flags; lock 2161Use the NFS locking protocol (default) 2162 2163@item longname 2164@cindex Mount Flags; longname 2165For PCFS mounts, force Win95 long names. 2166 2167@item mask=@var{n} 2168@cindex Mount flags; mask 2169For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for files in the 2170file system. For example, a mask of 755 specifies that, by default, 2171the owner should have read, write, and execute permissions for files, 2172but others should only have read and execute permissions. Only the 2173nine low-order bits of mask are used. The default mask is taken from 2174the directory on which the file system is being mounted. The mask 2175value of @var{n} can be specified in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal. 2176 2177@item multi 2178@cindex Mount flags; multi 2179Perform multi-component lookup on files. 2180 2181@item maxgroups 2182@cindex Mount flags; maxgroups 2183Set the maximum number of groups to allow for this mount. 2184 2185@item nfsv3 2186@cindex Mount flags; nfsv3 2187Use NFS Version 3 for this mount. 2188 2189@item noac 2190@cindex Mount flags; noac 2191Turn off the attribute cache. 2192 2193@item noauto 2194@cindex Mount flags; noauto 2195This option is used by the mount command in @samp{/etc/fstab} or 2196@samp{/etc/vfstab} and means not to mount this file system when mount -a 2197is used. 2198 2199@item nocache 2200@cindex Mount flags; nocache 2201Do not allow data to be cached from a remote server for this 2202mount. 2203 2204@item nocasetrans 2205@cindex Mount flags; nocasetrans 2206Don't do case translation. Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as 2207ISO-9660. 2208 2209@item noconn 2210@cindex Mount flags; noconn 2211Don't make a connection on datagram transports. 2212 2213@item nocto 2214@cindex Mount flags; nocto 2215No close-to-open consistency. 2216 2217@item nodefperm 2218@cindex Mount flags; nodefperm 2219Do not ignore the permission mode bits. Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as 2220ISO-9660. 2221 2222@item nodev 2223@cindex Mount flags; nodev 2224@itemx nodevs 2225@cindex Mount flags; nodevs 2226Don't allow local special devices on this filesystem. 2227 2228@item noexec 2229@cindex Mount flags; noexec 2230Don't allow program execution. 2231 2232@item noint 2233@cindex Mount flags; noint 2234Do not allow keyboard interrupts for this mount 2235 2236@item nojoliet 2237@cindex Mount flags; nojoliet 2238Turn off the Joliet extensions. Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as ISO-9660. 2239 2240@item nolock 2241@cindex Mount flags; nolock 2242Do not use the NFS locking protocol 2243 2244@item nomnttab 2245@cindex Mount flags; nomnttab 2246This option is used internally to tell Amd that a Solaris 8 system using 2247mntfs is in use. 2248 2249@item norrip 2250@cindex Mount flags; norrip 2251Turn off using of the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions 2252to ISO-9660. 2253 2254@item nosub 2255@cindex Mount flags; nosub 2256Disallow mounts beneath this mount. 2257 2258@item nosuid 2259@cindex Mount flags; nosuid 2260Don't allow set-uid or set-gid executables on this filesystem. 2261 2262@item noversion 2263@cindex Mount flags; noversion 2264Strip the extension @samp{;#} from the version string of files recorded 2265on an ISO-9660 CD-ROM. 2266 2267@item nowin95 2268@cindex Mount Flags; nowin95 2269For PCFS mounts, completely ignore Win95 entries. 2270 2271@item optionstr 2272@cindex Mount flags; optionstr 2273Under Solaris 8, provide the kernel a string of options to parse and 2274show as part of the special in-kernel mount file system. 2275 2276@item overlay 2277@cindex Mount flags; overlay 2278Overlay this mount on top of an existing mount, if any. 2279 2280@item pgthresh=@var{n} 2281@cindex Mount flags; pgthresh 2282Set the paging threshold to @var{n} kilobytes. 2283 2284@item port=@var{n} 2285@cindex Mount flags; port 2286Set the NFS port to @var{n}. 2287 2288@item posix 2289@cindex Mount flags; posix 2290Turn on POSIX static pathconf for mounts. 2291 2292@item private 2293@cindex Mount flags; private 2294Use local locking instead of the NLM protocol, useful for IRIX 6 only. 2295 2296@item proplist 2297@cindex Mount flags; proplist 2298Support property lists (ACLs) for this mount, useful primarily for Tru64 2299UNIX. 2300 2301@item proto=@var{s} 2302@cindex Mount flags; proto 2303Use transport protocol @var{s} for NFS (can be @code{"tcp"} or @code{"udp"}). 2304 2305@item quota 2306@cindex Mount flags; quota 2307Enable quota checking on this mount. 2308 2309@item rdonly 2310@cindex Mount flags; rdonly 2311@itemx ro 2312@cindex Mount flags; ro 2313Mount this filesystem readonly. 2314 2315@item resvport 2316@cindex Mount flags; resvport 2317Use a reserved port (smaller than 1024) for remote NFS mounts. Most 2318systems assume that, but some allow for mounts to occur on non-reserved 2319ports. This causes problems when such a system tries to NFS mount one 2320that requires reserved ports. It is recommended that this option always 2321be on. 2322 2323@item retrans=@i{n} 2324@cindex Mount flags; retrans 2325The number of NFS retransmits made before a user error is generated by a 2326@samp{soft} mounted filesystem, and before a @samp{hard} mounted 2327filesystem reports @samp{NFS server @dfn{yoyo} not responding still 2328trying}. 2329 2330@item retry 2331@cindex Mount flags; retry 2332Set the NFS retry counter. 2333 2334@item rrcaseins 2335@cindex Mount flags; rrcaseins 2336Enable the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) case insensitive extensions. 2337Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as ISO-9660. 2338 2339@item rrip 2340@cindex Mount flags; rrip 2341Uses the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions to ISO-9660. 2342 2343@item rsize=@var{n} 2344@cindex Mount flags; rsize 2345The NFS read packet size. You may need to set this if you are using 2346NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link. 2347 2348@item rw 2349@cindex Mount flags; rw 2350Allow reads and writes on this filesystem. 2351 2352@item shortname 2353@cindex Mount Flags; longname 2354For PCFS mounts, force old DOS short names only. 2355 2356@item soft 2357@cindex Mount flags; soft 2358Give up after @dfn{retrans} retransmissions. 2359 2360@item spongy 2361@cindex Mount flags; spongy 2362Like @samp{soft} for status requests, and @samp{hard} for data transfers. 2363 2364@item suid 2365@cindex Mount flags; suid 2366Allow set-uid programs on this mount. 2367 2368@item symttl 2369@cindex Mount flags; symttl 2370Turn off the symbolic link cache time-to-live. 2371 2372@item sync 2373@cindex Mount flags; sync 2374Perform synchronous filesystem operations on this mount. 2375 2376@item tcp 2377@cindex Mount flags; tcp 2378Use TCP/IP instead of UDP/IP, ignored if the NFS implementation does not 2379support TCP/IP mounts. 2380 2381@item timeo=@var{n} 2382@cindex Mount flags; timeo 2383The NFS timeout, in tenth-seconds, before a request is retransmitted. 2384 2385@item user=@var{n} 2386@cindex Mount flags; user 2387For PCFS mounts, set the owner of the files in the file system to 2388@var{n} (which can either be a user name or a UID number). The 2389default owner is the owner of the directory on which the file system 2390is being mounted. 2391 2392@item vers=@var{n} 2393@cindex Mount flags; vers 2394Use NFS protocol version number @var{n} (can be 2 or 3). 2395 2396@item wsize=@var{n} 2397@cindex Mount flags; wsize 2398The NFS write packet size. You may need to set this if you are using 2399NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link. 2400 2401@end table 2402 2403The following options are implemented by @i{Amd}, rather than being 2404passed to the kernel. 2405 2406@table @code 2407 2408@item nounmount 2409@cindex Mount flags; nounmount 2410Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will never expire. This 2411is the default for non-network based filesystem types (such as 2412mounting local disks, floppies, and CD-ROMs). See also the related 2413@i{unmount} option. 2414@c 2415@c Implementation broken: 2416 2417@item ping=@var{n} 2418@cindex Mount flags; ping 2419The interval, in seconds, between keep-alive pings. When four 2420consecutive pings have failed the mount point is marked as hung. This 2421interval defaults to 30 seconds; if the ping interval is set to zero, 2422@i{Amd} will use the default 30-second interval. If the interval is 2423set to -1 (or any other negative value), no pings are sent and the 2424host is assumed to be always up, which can cause unmounts to hang See 2425the @i{softlookup} option for a better alternative. Turning pings off 2426can be useful in NFS-HA (High-Availability) sites where the NFS 2427service rarely goes down. Setting the ping value to a large value can 2428reduce the amount of NFS_NULL chatter on your network considerably, 2429especially in large sites. 2430 2431Note that if you have multiple @i{Amd} entries using the same file 2432server, and each entry sets a different value of N, then each time Amd 2433mounts a new entry, the ping value will be re-evaluated (and updated, 2434turned off, or turned back on as needed). Finally, note that NFS_NULL 2435pings are sent for both UDP and TCP mounts, because even a hung TCP 2436mount can cause user processes to hang. 2437 2438@item public 2439@cindex Mount flags; public 2440Use WebNFS multi-component lookup on the public file handle instead of 2441the mount protocol to obtain NFS file handles, as documented in the 2442WebNFS Client Specification, RFC 2054. This means that @i{Amd} will not 2443attempt to contact the remote portmapper or remote mountd daemon, and 2444will only connect to the well-known NFS port 2049 or the port specified 2445with the @i{port} mount option, thus making it easier to use NFS through 2446a firewall. 2447 2448@item retry=@var{n} 2449@cindex Mount flags; retry=@var{n} 2450The number of times to retry the mount system call. 2451 2452@item softlookup 2453@cindex Mount flags; softlookup 2454Configures @i{Amd}'s behavior with respect to already-mounted shares from 2455NFS fileservers that are unreachable. If softlookup is specified, 2456trying to access such a share will result in an error (EIO, which is 2457changed from the ENOENT 6.0 used to return). If it is not specified, a 2458regular symlink is provided and the access will probably hang 2459in the NFS filesystem. 2460 2461The default behavior depends on whether the mount is 'soft' or 'hard'; 2462softlookup can be used to change this default. This is changed from 6.0 2463which always behaved as if softlookup was specified. 2464 2465@item unmount 2466@cindex Mount flags; unmount 2467Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will indeed expire (and 2468thus may be automatically unmounted). This is also the default for 2469network-based filesystem types (e.g., NFS). This option is useful for 2470removable local media such as CD-ROMs, USB drives, etc. so they can 2471expire when not in use, and get unmounted (such drives can get work 2472out when they keep spinning). See also the related @i{nounmount} 2473option. 2474 2475@item utimeout=@var{n} 2476@cindex Mount flags; utimeout=@var{n} 2477The interval, in seconds, that looked up and mounted map entries are 2478cached. After that period of time, @i{Amd} will attempt to unmount 2479the entries. If, however, the unmount fails (with EBUSY), then 2480@i{Amd} will extend the mount's time-to-live by the @i{utimeout} value 2481before the next unmount attempt is made. In fact the interval is 2482extended before the unmount is attempted, to avoid thrashing. The 2483default value is 120 seconds (two minutes) or as set by the @code{-w} 2484command line option. 2485 2486@item xlatecookie 2487@cindex Mount flags; xlatecookie 2488Translate directory cookies between 32-long and 64-long lengths. 2489 2490@end table 2491 2492@node remopts Option, sublink Option, opts Option, Map Options 2493@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2494@subsubsection remopts Option 2495@cindex Setting system mount options for non-local networks 2496@cindex remopts, mount option 2497@cindex Mount option; remopts 2498 2499This option has the same use as @code{$@{opts@}} but applies only when 2500the remote host is on a non-local network. For example, when using NFS 2501across a gateway it is often necessary to use smaller values for the 2502data read and write sizes. This can simply be done by specifying the 2503small values in @var{remopts}. When a non-local host is accessed, the 2504smaller sizes will automatically be used. 2505 2506@i{Amd} determines whether a host is local by examining the network 2507interface configuration at startup. Any interface changes made after 2508@i{Amd} has been started will not be noticed. The likely effect will 2509be that a host may incorrectly be declared non-local. 2510 2511Unless otherwise set, the value of @code{$@{remopts@}} is the same as 2512the value of @code{$@{opts@}}. 2513 2514@node sublink Option, type Option, remopts Option, Map Options 2515@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2516@subsubsection sublink Option 2517@cindex Setting the sublink option 2518@cindex sublink, mount option 2519@cindex Mount option; sublink 2520 2521The subdirectory within the mounted filesystem to which the reference 2522should point. This can be used to prevent duplicate mounts in cases 2523where multiple directories in the same mounted filesystem are used. 2524 2525@node type Option, , sublink Option, Map Options 2526@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2527@subsubsection type Option 2528@cindex Setting the filesystem type option 2529@cindex type, mount option 2530@cindex Mount option; type 2531 2532The filesystem type to be used. @xref{Filesystem Types}, for a full 2533description of each type.@refill 2534 2535@c ################################################################ 2536@node Amd Command Line Options, Filesystem Types, Mount Maps, Top 2537@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2538@chapter @i{Amd} Command Line Options 2539@cindex Command line options, Amd 2540@cindex Amd command line options 2541@cindex Overriding defaults on the command line 2542 2543Many of @i{Amd}'s parameters can be set from the command line. The 2544command line is also used to specify automount points and maps. 2545 2546The general format of a command line is 2547 2548@example 2549amd [@i{options}] [@{ @i{directory} @i{map-name} [-@i{map-options}] @} ...] 2550@end example 2551 2552For each directory and map-name given or specified in the 2553@file{amd.conf} file, @i{Amd} establishes an automount point. The 2554@dfn{map-options} may be any sequence of options or 2555selectors---@pxref{Location Format}. The @dfn{map-options} apply only 2556to @i{Amd}'s mount point. 2557 2558@samp{type:=toplvl;cache:=mapdefault;fs:=$@{map@}} is the default value for the 2559map options. Default options for a map are read from a special entry in 2560the map whose key is the string @samp{/defaults}. When default options 2561are given they are prepended to any options specified in the mount-map 2562locations as explained in @ref{Map Defaults}. 2563 2564The @dfn{options} are any combination of those listed below. 2565 2566Once the command line has been parsed, the automount points are mounted. 2567The mount points are created if they do not already exist, in which case they 2568will be removed when @i{Amd} exits. 2569Finally, @i{Amd} disassociates itself from its controlling terminal and 2570forks into the background. 2571 2572Note: Even if @i{Amd} has been built with @samp{-DDEBUG} (via 2573@code{configure --enable-debug}), it will still background itself and 2574disassociate itself from the controlling terminal. To use a debugger it 2575is necessary to specify @samp{-D daemon} on the command line. 2576However, even with all of this, mounts and unmounts are performed in the 2577background, and @i{Amd} will always fork before doing them. Therefore, 2578debugging what happens closely during un/mounts is more challenging. 2579 2580@emph{All} of @i{Amd}'s command options (save @code{-F} and @code{-T}) 2581can be specified in the @file{amd.conf} file. @xref{Amd Configuration 2582File}. If @i{Amd} is invoked without any command line options, it will 2583default to using the configuration file @file{/etc/amd.conf}, if one 2584exists. 2585 2586@menu 2587* -a Option:: Automount directory. 2588* -c Option:: Cache timeout interval. 2589* -d Option:: Domain name. 2590* -k Option:: Kernel architecture. 2591* -l Option:: Log file. 2592* -n Option:: Hostname normalization. 2593* -o Option:: Operating system version. 2594* -p Option:: Output process id. 2595* -r Option:: Restart existing mounts. 2596* -t Option:: Kernel RPC timeout. 2597* -v Option:: Version information. 2598* -w Option:: Wait interval after failed unmount. 2599* -x Option:: Log options. 2600* -y Option:: NIS domain. 2601* -A Option:: Operating system Architecture. 2602* -C Option:: Cluster name. 2603* -D Option:: Debug flags. 2604* -F Option:: Amd configuration file. 2605* -H Option:: Show brief help. 2606* -O Option:: Operating system name. 2607* -S Option:: Lock executable pages in memory. 2608* -T Option:: Set tag for configuration file. 2609@end menu 2610 2611@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2612@node -a Option, -c Option, Amd Command Line Options, Amd Command Line Options 2613@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2614@section @code{-a} @var{directory} 2615@cindex Automount directory 2616@cindex Setting the default mount directory 2617 2618Specifies the default mount directory. This option changes the variable 2619@code{$@{autodir@}} which otherwise defaults to @file{/a}. For example, 2620some sites prefer @file{/amd} or @file{/n}. 2621 2622@example 2623amd -a /amd ... 2624@end example 2625 2626@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2627@node -c Option, -d Option, -a Option, Amd Command Line Options 2628@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2629@section @code{-c} @var{cache-interval} 2630@cindex Cache interval 2631@cindex Interval before a filesystem times out 2632@cindex Setting the interval before a filesystem times out 2633@cindex Changing the interval before a filesystem times out 2634 2635Selects the period, in seconds, for which a name is cached by @i{Amd}. 2636If no reference is made to the volume in this period, @i{Amd} discards 2637the volume name to filesystem mapping. 2638 2639Once the last reference to a filesystem has been removed, @i{Amd} 2640attempts to unmount the filesystem. If the unmount fails the interval 2641is extended by a further period as specified by the @samp{-w} command 2642line option or by the @samp{utimeout} mount option. 2643 2644The default @dfn{cache-interval} is 300 seconds (five minutes). 2645 2646@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2647@node -d Option, -k Option, -c Option, Amd Command Line Options 2648@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2649@section @code{-d} @var{domain} 2650@cindex Domain name 2651@cindex Setting the local domain name 2652@cindex Overriding the local domain name 2653 2654Specifies the host's domain. This sets the internal variable 2655@code{$@{domain@}} and affects the @code{$@{hostd@}} variable. 2656 2657If this option is not specified and the hostname already contains the 2658local domain then that is used, otherwise the default value of 2659@code{$@{domain@}} is @samp{unknown.domain}. 2660 2661For example, if the local domain was @samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}, @i{Amd} could 2662be started as follows: 2663 2664@example 2665amd -d doc.ic.ac.uk ... 2666@end example 2667 2668@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2669@node -k Option, -l Option, -d Option, Amd Command Line Options 2670@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2671@section @code{-k} @var{kernel-architecture} 2672@cindex Setting the Kernel architecture 2673 2674Specifies the kernel architecture of the system. This is usually the 2675output of @samp{uname -m} (the ``machine'' value gotten from 2676@b{uname}(2)). If the @b{uname}(2) system call is not available, the 2677value of @code{$@{karch@}} defaults to that of @code{$@{arch@}}. 2678 2679The only effect of this option is to set the variable @code{$@{karch@}}. 2680 2681This option would be used as follows: 2682 2683@example 2684amd -k `arch -k` ... 2685@end example 2686 2687@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2688@node -l Option, -n Option, -k Option, Amd Command Line Options 2689@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2690@section @code{-l} @var{log-option} 2691@cindex Log filename 2692@cindex Setting the log file 2693@cindex Using syslog to log errors 2694@cindex syslog 2695 2696Selects the form of logging to be made. Several special @dfn{log-options} 2697are recognized. 2698 2699@enumerate 2700@item 2701If @dfn{log-option} is the string @samp{syslog}, @i{Amd} will use the 2702@b{syslog}(3) mechanism. If your system supports syslog facilities, then 2703the default facility used is @samp{LOG_DAEMON}. 2704 2705@item 2706@cindex syslog facility; specifying an alternate 2707When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its name 2708to the log option name, delimited by a single colon. For example, if 2709@dfn{log-options} is the string @samp{syslog:local7} then @b{Amd} will 2710log messages via @b{syslog}(3) using the @samp{LOG_LOCAL7} facility. If 2711the facility name specified is not recognized, @i{Amd} will default to 2712@samp{LOG_DAEMON}. Note: while you can use any syslog facility 2713available on your system, it is generally a bad idea to use those 2714reserved for other services such as @samp{kern}, @samp{lpr}, 2715@samp{cron}, etc. 2716 2717@item 2718If @dfn{log-option} is the string @samp{/dev/stderr}, @i{Amd} will use 2719standard error, which is also the default target for log messages. To 2720implement this, @i{Amd} simulates the effect of the @samp{/dev/fd} 2721driver. 2722@end enumerate 2723 2724Any other string is taken as a filename to use for logging. Log 2725messages are appended to the file if it already exists, otherwise a new 2726file is created. The file is opened once and then held open, rather 2727than being re-opened for each message. 2728 2729Normally, when long-running daemons hold an open file descriptor on a 2730log file, it is impossible to ``rotate'' the log file and compress older 2731logs on a daily basis. The daemon needs to be told to discard (via 2732@b{close}(2)) its file handle, and re-open the log file. This is done 2733using @code{amq -l} @i{log-option}. @xref{Amq -l option}. 2734 2735If the @samp{syslog} option is specified but the system does not support 2736syslog or if the named file cannot be opened or created, @i{Amd} will 2737use standard error. Error messages generated before @i{Amd} has 2738finished parsing the command line are printed on standard error. 2739 2740Since @i{Amd} tends to generate a lot of logging information (especially 2741if debugging was turned on), and due to it being an important program 2742running on the system, it is usually best to log to a separate disk 2743file. In that case @i{Amd} would be started as follows: 2744 2745@example 2746amd -l /var/log/amd ... 2747@end example 2748 2749@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2750@node -n Option, -o Option, -l Option, Amd Command Line Options 2751@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2752@section @code{-n} 2753@cindex Hostname normalization 2754@cindex Aliased hostnames 2755@cindex Resolving aliased hostnames 2756@cindex Normalizing hostnames 2757 2758Normalizes the remote hostname before using it. Normalization is done 2759by replacing the value of @code{$@{rhost@}} with the (generally fully 2760qualified) primary name returned by a hostname lookup. 2761 2762This option should be used if several names are used to refer to a 2763single host in a mount map. 2764 2765@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2766@node -o Option, -p Option, -n Option, Amd Command Line Options 2767@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2768@section @code{-o} @var{op-sys-ver} 2769@cindex Operating System version 2770@cindex Setting the Operating System version 2771 2772Overrides the compiled-in version number of the operating system, with 2773@var{op-sys-ver}. Useful when the built-in version is not desired for 2774backward compatibility reasons. For example, if the built-in version is 2775@samp{2.5.1}, you can override it to @samp{5.5.1}, and use older maps 2776that were written with the latter in mind. 2777 2778@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2779@node -p Option, -r Option, -o Option, Amd Command Line Options 2780@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2781@section @code{-p} 2782@cindex Process id 2783@cindex Displaying the process id 2784@cindex process id of Amd daemon 2785@cindex pid file, creating with -p option 2786@cindex Creating a pid file 2787 2788Causes @i{Amd}'s process id to be printed on standard output. 2789This can be redirected to a suitable file for use with kill: 2790 2791@example 2792amd -p > /var/run/amd.pid ... 2793@end example 2794 2795This option only has an affect if @i{Amd} is running in daemon mode. 2796If @i{Amd} is started with the @code{-D daemon} debug flag, this 2797option is ignored. 2798 2799@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2800@node -r Option, -t Option, -p Option, Amd Command Line Options 2801@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2802@section @code{-r} 2803@cindex Restarting existing mounts 2804@cindex Picking up existing mounts 2805 2806Tells @i{Amd} to restart existing mounts (@pxref{Inheritance Filesystem}). 2807@c @dfn{This option will be made the default in the next release.} 2808 2809@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2810@node -t Option, -v Option, -r Option, Amd Command Line Options 2811@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2812@section @code{-t} @var{timeout.retransmit} 2813@cindex Setting Amd's RPC parameters 2814 2815Specifies the RPC @dfn{timeout} interval and the @dfn{retransmit} 2816counter used by the kernel to communicate to @i{Amd}. These are used to 2817set the @samp{timeo} and @samp{retrans} mount options, respectively. 2818The default timeout is 0.8 seconds, and the default number of 2819retransmissions is 11. 2820 2821@i{Amd} relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount 2822retries. The values of these parameters change the overall retry 2823interval. Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too 2824short an interval causes excessive retries. 2825 2826@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2827@node -v Option, -w Option, -t Option, Amd Command Line Options 2828@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2829@section @code{-v} 2830@cindex Version information 2831@cindex Discovering version information 2832@cindex How to discover your version of Amd 2833 2834Print version information on standard error and then exit. The output 2835is of the form: 2836 2837@example 2838Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Erez Zadok 2839Copyright (c) 1990 Jan-Simon Pendry 2840Copyright (c) 1990 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine 2841Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. 2842am-utils version 6.0a15 (build 61). 2843Built by ezk@@example.com on date Wed Oct 22 15:21:03 EDT 1997. 2844cpu=sparc (big-endian), arch=sun4, karch=sun4u. 2845full_os=solaris2.5.1, os=sos5, osver=5.5.1, vendor=sun. 2846Map support for: root, passwd, union, nisplus, nis, ndbm, file, error. 2847AMFS: nfs, link, nfsx, nfsl, host, linkx, program, union, inherit, 2848 ufs, lofs, hsfs, pcfs, auto, direct, toplvl, error. 2849FS: autofs, cachefs, cdfs, lofs, nfs, nfs3, pcfs, tfs, tmpfs, ufs. 2850Network 1: wire="mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.13). 2851Network 2: wire="14-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.14). 2852Network 3: wire="old-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.16). 2853@end example 2854 2855The information includes the version number, number of times @i{Amd} was 2856compiled on the local system, release date and name of the release. 2857Following come the cpu type, byte ordering, and the architecture and 2858kernel architecture as @code{$@{arch@}} and @code{$@{karch@}}, 2859respectively. The next line lists the operating system full name, short 2860name, version, and vendor. These four values correspond to the 2861variables @code{$@{full_os@}}, @code{$@{os@}}, @code{$@{osver@}}, and 2862@code{$@{vendor@}}, respectively. @xref{Supported Platforms}. 2863 2864Then come a list of map types supported, filesystems internally 2865supported by @i{Amd} (AMFS), and generic filesystems available (FS). 2866Finally all known networks (if any) of this host are listed by name 2867and number. They are available via the variables 2868@code{$@{wire@}} or @code{$@{network@}}, and 2869@code{$@{netnumber@}} (@pxref{Selectors}) or the @samp{in_network} 2870selector function (@pxref{in_network Selector Function}). 2871 2872@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2873@node -w Option, -x Option, -v Option, Amd Command Line Options 2874@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2875@section @code{-w} @var{wait-timeout} 2876@cindex Setting the interval between unmount attempts 2877@cindex unmount attempt backoff interval 2878 2879Selects the interval in seconds between unmount attempts after the 2880initial time-to-live has expired. 2881 2882This defaults to 120 seconds (two minutes). 2883 2884@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2885@node -x Option, -y Option, -w Option, Amd Command Line Options 2886@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2887@section @code{-x} @var{opts} 2888@cindex Log message selection 2889@cindex Selecting specific log messages 2890@cindex How to select log messages 2891@cindex syslog priorities 2892 2893Specifies the type and verbosity of log messages. @dfn{opts} is 2894a comma separated list selected from the following options: 2895 2896@table @code 2897@item fatal 2898Fatal errors (cannot be turned off) 2899@item error 2900Non-fatal errors (cannot be turned off) 2901@item user 2902Non-fatal user errors 2903@item warn 2904Recoverable errors 2905@item warning 2906Alias for @code{warn} 2907@item info 2908Information messages 2909@item map 2910Mount map usage 2911@item stats 2912Additional statistics 2913@item all 2914All of the above 2915@item defaults 2916An alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info". 2917@end table 2918 2919Initially a set of default logging flags is enabled. This is as if 2920@samp{-x defaults} 2921or 2922@samp{-x fatal,error,user,warning,info} 2923had been selected. The command line is 2924parsed and logging is controlled by the @code{-x} option. The very first 2925set of logging flags is saved and can not be subsequently disabled using 2926@i{Amq}. This default set of options is useful for general production 2927use.@refill 2928 2929The @samp{info} messages include details of what is mounted and 2930unmounted and when filesystems have timed out. If you want to have the 2931default set of messages without the @samp{info} messages then you simply 2932need @samp{-x noinfo}. The messages given by @samp{user} relate to 2933errors in the mount maps, so these are useful when new maps are 2934installed. The following table lists the syslog priorities used for each 2935of the message types.@refill 2936 2937@table @code 2938@item fatal 2939@samp{LOG_CRIT} 2940@item error 2941@samp{LOG_ERR} 2942@item user 2943@samp{LOG_WARNING} 2944@item warning 2945@samp{LOG_WARNING} 2946@item info 2947@samp{LOG_INFO} 2948@item debug 2949@samp{LOG_DEBUG} 2950@item map 2951@samp{LOG_DEBUG} 2952@item stats 2953@samp{LOG_INFO} 2954@end table 2955 2956The options can be prefixed by the string @samp{no} to indicate 2957that this option should be turned off. For example, to obtain all 2958but @samp{info} messages the option @samp{-x all,noinfo} would be used. 2959 2960If @i{Amd} was built with debugging enabled the @code{debug} option is 2961automatically enabled regardless of the command line options. 2962 2963@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2964@node -y Option, -A Option, -x Option, Amd Command Line Options 2965@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2966@section @code{-y} @var{NIS-domain} 2967@cindex NIS (YP) domain name 2968@cindex Overriding the NIS (YP) domain name 2969@cindex Setting the NIS (YP) domain name 2970@cindex YP domain name 2971 2972Selects an alternate NIS domain. This is useful for debugging and 2973cross-domain shared mounting. If this flag is specified, @i{Amd} 2974immediately attempts to bind to a server for this domain. 2975@c @i{Amd} refers to NIS maps when it starts, unless the @code{-m} option 2976@c is specified, and whenever required in a mount map. 2977 2978@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2979@node -A Option, -C Option, -y Option, Amd Command Line Options 2980@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2981@section @code{-A} @var{architecture} 2982@cindex Setting the operating system architecture 2983 2984Specifies the OS architecture of the system. 2985The only effect of this option is to set the variable @code{$@{arch@}}. 2986 2987This option would be used as follows: 2988 2989@example 2990amd -A i386 ... 2991@end example 2992 2993@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 2994@node -C Option, -D Option, -A Option, Amd Command Line Options 2995@comment node-name, next, previous, up 2996@section @code{-C} @var{cluster-name} 2997@cindex Cluster names 2998@cindex Setting the cluster name 2999 3000Specifies the name of the cluster of which the local machine is a member. 3001The only effect is to set the variable @code{$@{cluster@}}. 3002The @dfn{cluster-name} is will usually obtained by running another command which uses 3003a database to map the local hostname into a cluster name. 3004@code{$@{cluster@}} can then be used as a selector to restrict mounting of 3005replicated data. 3006If this option is not given, @code{$@{cluster@}} has the same value as @code{$@{domain@}}. 3007This would be used as follows: 3008 3009@example 3010amd -C `clustername` ... 3011@end example 3012 3013@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3014@node -D Option, -F Option, -C Option, Amd Command Line Options 3015@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3016@section @code{-D} @var{opts} 3017@cindex Debug options 3018@cindex Setting debug flags 3019 3020Controls the verbosity and coverage of the debugging trace; @dfn{opts} 3021is a comma separated list of debugging options. The @code{-D} option is 3022only available if @i{Amd} was compiled with @samp{-DDEBUG}, or 3023configured with @code{configure --enable-debug}. The memory debugging 3024facilities (@samp{mem}) are only available if @i{Amd} was compiled with 3025@samp{-DDEBUG_MEM} (in addition to @samp{-DDEBUG}), or configured with 3026@code{configure --enable-debug=mem}. 3027 3028The most common options to use are @samp{-D trace} and @samp{-D test} 3029(which turns on all the useful debug options). As usual, every option 3030can be prefixed with @samp{no} to turn it off. 3031 3032@table @code 3033@item all 3034all options (excluding hrtime and mtab) 3035@item defaults 3036``sensible'' default options (all--excluding hrtime, mtab, and xdrtrace) 3037@item test 3038full debug options plus mtab,nodaemon,nofork,noamq 3039@item amq 3040register @i{Amd} with the RPC portmapper, for @i{Amq} 3041@item daemon 3042enter daemon mode 3043@item fork 3044fork child worker (hlfsd only) 3045@item full 3046program trace 3047@item hrtime 3048print high resolution time stamps (only if @b{syslog}(3) is not used) 3049@item info 3050@cindex debugging hesiod resolver service 3051@cindex Hesiod; turning on RES_DEBUG 3052info service specific debugging (hesiod, nis, etc.) In the case of 3053hesiod maps, turns on the hesiod RES_DEBUG internal debugging option. 3054@item mem 3055trace memory allocations. Needs to be explicitly enabled at compile 3056time with --enable-debug=mem. 3057@item mtab 3058use local mount-table file (defaults to @file{/tmp/mtab}, @pxref{debug_mtab_file Parameter}) 3059@item readdir 3060show readdir progress 3061@item str 3062debug string munging 3063@item trace 3064trace RPC protocol and NFS mount arguments 3065@item xdrtrace 3066trace XDR routines 3067@end table 3068 3069You may also refer to the program source for a more detailed explanation 3070of the available options. 3071 3072@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3073@node -F Option, -H Option, -D Option, Amd Command Line Options 3074@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3075@section @code{-F} @var{conf-file} 3076@cindex Amd configuration file; specifying name 3077@cindex Amd configuration file 3078@cindex amd.conf file 3079 3080Specify an @i{Amd} configuration file @var{conf-file} to use. For a 3081description of the format and syntax, @pxref{Amd Configuration File}. 3082This configuration file is used to specify any options in lieu of typing 3083many of them on the command line. The @file{amd.conf} file includes 3084directives for every command line option @i{Amd} has, and many more that 3085are only available via the configuration file facility. The 3086configuration file specified by this option is processed after all other 3087options had been processed, regardless of the actual location of this 3088option on the command line. 3089 3090@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3091@node -H Option, -O Option, -F Option, Amd Command Line Options 3092@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3093@section @code{-H} 3094@cindex Displaying brief help 3095@cindex Help; showing from Amd 3096 3097Print a brief help and usage string. 3098 3099@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3100@node -O Option, -S Option, -H Option, Amd Command Line Options 3101@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3102@section @code{-O} @var{op-sys-name} 3103@cindex Operating System name 3104@cindex Setting the Operating System name 3105 3106Overrides the compiled-in name of the operating system, with 3107@var{op-sys-name}. Useful when the built-in name is not desired for 3108backward compatibility reasons. For example, if the build in name is 3109@samp{sunos5}, you can override it to the old name @samp{sos5}, and use 3110older maps which were written with the latter in mind. 3111 3112@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3113@node -S Option, -T Option, -O Option, Amd Command Line Options 3114@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3115@section @code{-S} 3116@cindex plock; using 3117@cindex mlockall; using 3118@cindex locking executable pages in memory 3119 3120Do @emph{not} lock the running executable pages of @i{Amd} into memory. 3121To improve @i{Amd}'s performance, systems that support the @b{plock}(3) 3122or @b{mlockall}(2) 3123call lock the @i{Amd} process into memory. This way there is less 3124chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the 3125@i{Amd} process as needed. This tends to improve @i{Amd}'s performance, 3126at the cost of reserving the memory used by the @i{Amd} process (making 3127it unavailable for other processes). If this behavior is not desired, 3128use the @code{-S} option. 3129 3130@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3131@node -T Option, , -S Option, Amd Command Line Options 3132@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3133@section @code{-T} @var{tag} 3134@cindex Tags for Amd configuration file 3135@cindex Configuration file; tags 3136 3137Specify a tag to use with @file{amd.conf}. All map entries tagged with 3138@var{tag} will be processed. Map entries that are not tagged are always 3139processed. Map entries that are tagged with a tag other than @var{tag} 3140will not be processed. 3141 3142@c ################################################################ 3143@node Filesystem Types, Amd Configuration File, Amd Command Line Options, Top 3144@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3145@chapter Filesystem Types 3146@cindex Filesystem types 3147@cindex Mount types 3148@cindex Types of filesystem 3149 3150To mount a volume, @i{Amd} must be told the type of filesystem to be 3151used. Each filesystem type typically requires additional information 3152such as the fileserver name for NFS. 3153 3154From the point of view of @i{Amd}, a @dfn{filesystem} is anything that 3155can resolve an incoming name lookup. An important feature is support 3156for multiple filesystem types. Some of these filesystems are 3157implemented in the local kernel and some on remote fileservers, whilst 3158the others are implemented internally by @i{Amd}.@refill 3159 3160The two common filesystem types are UFS and NFS. Four other user 3161accessible filesystems (@samp{link}, @samp{program}, @samp{auto} and 3162@samp{direct}) are also implemented internally by @i{Amd} and these are 3163described below. There are two additional filesystem types internal to 3164@i{Amd} which are not directly accessible to the user (@samp{inherit} 3165and @samp{error}). Their use is described since they may still have an 3166effect visible to the user.@refill 3167 3168@menu 3169* Network Filesystem:: A single NFS filesystem. 3170* Network Host Filesystem:: NFS mount a host's entire export tree. 3171* Network Filesystem Group:: An atomic group of NFS filesystems. 3172* Unix Filesystem:: Native disk filesystem. 3173* Caching Filesystem:: Caching from remote server filesystem. 3174* CD-ROM Filesystem:: ISO9660 CD ROM. 3175* Loopback Filesystem:: Local loopback-mount filesystem. 3176* Memory/RAM Filesystem:: A memory or RAM-based filesystem. 3177* Null Filesystem:: 4.4BSD's loopback-mount filesystem. 3178* Floppy Filesystem:: MS-DOS Floppy filesystem. 3179* Translucent Filesystem:: The directory merging filesystem. 3180* Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem:: Sun's tmpfs filesystem. 3181* User ID Mapping Filesystem:: 4.4BSD's umapfs filesystem. 3182* Program Filesystem:: Generic Program mounts. 3183* Symbolic Link Filesystem:: Local link. 3184* Symbolic Link Filesystem II:: Local link referencing existing filesystem. 3185* NFS-Link Filesystem:: Link if path exists, NFS otherwise. 3186* Automount Filesystem:: 3187* Direct Automount Filesystem:: 3188* Union Filesystem:: 3189* Error Filesystem:: 3190* Top-level Filesystem:: 3191* Root Filesystem:: 3192* Inheritance Filesystem:: 3193@end menu 3194 3195@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3196@node Network Filesystem, Network Host Filesystem, Filesystem Types, Filesystem Types 3197@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3198@section Network Filesystem (@samp{nfs}) 3199@cindex NFS 3200@cindex Mounting an NFS filesystem 3201@cindex How to mount and NFS filesystem 3202@cindex nfs, filesystem type 3203@cindex Filesystem type; nfs 3204 3205The @dfn{nfs} (@samp{type:=nfs}) filesystem type provides access to Sun's NFS. 3206 3207@noindent 3208The following options must be specified: 3209 3210@table @code 3211@cindex rhost, mount option 3212@cindex Mount option; rhost 3213@item rhost 3214the remote fileserver. This must be an entry in the hosts database. IP 3215addresses are not accepted. The default value is taken 3216from the local host name (@code{$@{host@}}) if no other value is 3217specified. 3218 3219@cindex rfs, mount option 3220@cindex Mount option; rfs 3221@item rfs 3222the remote filesystem. 3223If no value is specified for this option, an internal default of 3224@code{$@{path@}} is used. 3225@end table 3226 3227NFS mounts require a two stage process. First, the @dfn{file handle} of 3228the remote file system must be obtained from the server. Then a mount 3229system call must be done on the local system. @i{Amd} keeps a cache 3230of file handles for remote file systems. The cache entries have a 3231lifetime of a few minutes. 3232 3233If a required file handle is not in the cache, @i{Amd} sends a request 3234to the remote server to obtain it. 3235@c @i{Amd} @dfn{does not} wait for 3236@c a response; it notes that one of the locations needs retrying, but 3237@c continues with any remaining locations. When the file handle becomes 3238@c available, and assuming none of the other locations was successfully 3239@c mounted, @i{Amd} will retry the mount. This mechanism allows several 3240@c NFS filesystems to be mounted in parallel. 3241@c @footnote{The mechanism 3242@c is general, however NFS is the only filesystem 3243@c for which the required hooks have been written.} 3244@c The first one which responds with a valid file handle will be used. 3245 3246Historically, this documentation has maintained that @i{Amd} will try 3247all the locations in parallel and use the first one which responds 3248with a valid file handle. This has not been the case for quite some 3249time, however. Instead, @i{Amd} will go through each location, one by 3250one, and will only skip to the next one if the previous one either 3251fails or times out. 3252 3253@noindent 3254An NFS entry might be: 3255 3256@example 3257jsp host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp 3258@end example 3259 3260The mount system call and any unmount attempts are always done 3261in a new task to avoid the possibility of blocking @i{Amd}. 3262 3263@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3264@node Network Host Filesystem, Network Filesystem Group, Network Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3265@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3266@section Network Host Filesystem (@samp{host}) 3267@cindex Network host filesystem 3268@cindex Mounting entire export trees 3269@cindex How to mount all NFS exported filesystems 3270@cindex host, filesystem type 3271@cindex Filesystem type; host 3272 3273@c NOTE: the current implementation of the @dfn{host} filesystem type 3274@c sometimes fails to maintain a consistent view of the remote mount tree. 3275@c This happens when the mount times out and only some of the remote mounts 3276@c are successfully unmounted. To prevent this from occurring, use the 3277@c @samp{nounmount} mount option. 3278 3279The @dfn{host} (@samp{type:=host}) filesystem allows access to the entire export tree of an 3280NFS server. The implementation is layered above the @samp{nfs} 3281implementation so keep-alives work in the same way. The only option 3282which needs to be specified is @samp{rhost} which is the name of the 3283fileserver to mount. 3284 3285The @samp{host} filesystem type works by querying the mount daemon on 3286the given fileserver to obtain its export list. @i{Amd} then obtains 3287filehandles for each of the exported filesystems. Any errors at this 3288stage cause that particular filesystem to be ignored. Finally each 3289filesystem is mounted. Again, errors are logged but ignored. One 3290common reason for mounts to fail is that the mount point does not exist. 3291Although @i{Amd} attempts to automatically create the mount point, it 3292may be on a remote filesystem to which @i{Amd} does not have write 3293permission. 3294 3295When an attempt to unmount a @samp{host} filesystem mount fails, @i{Amd} 3296remounts any filesystems which had successfully been unmounted. To do 3297this @i{Amd} queries the mount daemon again and obtains a fresh copy of 3298the export list. @i{Amd} then tries to mount any exported filesystems 3299which are not currently mounted. 3300 3301Sun's automounter provides a special @samp{-hosts} map. To achieve the 3302same effect with @i{Amd} requires two steps. First a mount map must 3303be created as follows: 3304 3305@example 3306* type:=host;rhost:=$@{key@};fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root 3307@end example 3308 3309@noindent 3310and then start @i{Amd} with the following command 3311 3312@example 3313amd /net net.map 3314@end example 3315 3316@noindent 3317where @samp{net.map} is the name of map described above. Note that the 3318value of @code{$@{fs@}} is overridden in the map. This is done to avoid 3319a clash between the mount tree and any other filesystem already mounted 3320from the same fileserver. 3321 3322If different mount options are needed for different hosts then 3323additional entries can be added to the map, for example 3324 3325@example 3326host2 opts:=ro,nosuid,soft 3327@end example 3328 3329@noindent 3330would soft mount @samp{host2} read-only. 3331 3332@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3333@node Network Filesystem Group, Unix Filesystem, Network Host Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3334@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3335@section Network Filesystem Group (@samp{nfsx}) 3336@cindex Network filesystem group 3337@cindex Atomic NFS mounts 3338@cindex Mounting an atomic group of NFS filesystems 3339@cindex How to mount an atomic group of NFS filesystems 3340@cindex nfsx, filesystem type 3341@cindex Filesystem type; nfsx 3342 3343The @dfn{nfsx} (@samp{type:=nfsx}) filesystem allows a group of filesystems to be mounted 3344from a single NFS server. The implementation is layered above the 3345@samp{nfs} implementation so keep-alives work in the same way. 3346 3347@emph{WARNING}: @samp{nfsx} is meant to be a ``last resort'' kind of 3348solution. It is racy and poorly supported. The authors @emph{highly} 3349recommend that other solutions be considered before relying on it. 3350 3351The options are the same as for the @samp{nfs} filesystem with one 3352difference for @samp{rfs}, as explained below. 3353 3354@noindent 3355The following options should be specified: 3356 3357@table @code 3358@item rhost 3359the remote fileserver. The default value is taken from the local 3360host name (@code{$@{host@}}) if no other value is specified. 3361 3362@item rfs 3363is a list of filesystems to mount, and must be specified. 3364The list is in the form of a comma separated strings. 3365@end table 3366 3367@noindent 3368For example: 3369 3370@example 3371pub type:=nfsx;rhost:=gould;\ 3372 rfs:=/public,/,graphics,usenet;fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root 3373@end example 3374 3375The first string defines the root of the tree, and is applied as a 3376prefix to the remaining members of the list which define the individual 3377filesystems. The first string is @emph{not} used as a filesystem name. 3378A serial operation is used to determine the local mount points to 3379ensure a consistent layout of a tree of mounts. 3380 3381Here, the @emph{three} filesystems, @samp{/public}, 3382@samp{/public/graphics} and @samp{/public/usenet}, would be mounted.@refill 3383 3384A local mount point, @code{$@{fs@}}, @emph{must} be specified. The 3385default local mount point will not work correctly in the general case. 3386A suggestion is to use @samp{fs:=$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/root}.@refill 3387 3388@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3389@node Unix Filesystem, Caching Filesystem, Network Filesystem Group, Filesystem Types 3390@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3391@section Unix Filesystem (@samp{ufs}, @samp{xfs}, or @samp{efs}) 3392@cindex Unix filesystem 3393@cindex UFS 3394@cindex XFS 3395@cindex EFS 3396@cindex Mounting a UFS filesystem 3397@cindex Mounting a local disk 3398@cindex How to mount a UFS filesystems 3399@cindex How to mount a local disk 3400@cindex Disk filesystems 3401@cindex ufs, filesystem type 3402@cindex Filesystem type; ufs 3403@cindex xfs, filesystem type 3404@cindex Filesystem type; xfs 3405@cindex efs, filesystem type 3406@cindex Filesystem type; efs 3407 3408The @dfn{ufs} (@samp{type:=ufs}) filesystem type provides access to the system's standard 3409disk filesystem---usually a derivative of the Berkeley Fast Filesystem. 3410 3411@noindent 3412The following option must be specified: 3413 3414@table @code 3415@cindex dev, mount option 3416@cindex Mount option; dev 3417@item dev 3418the block special device to be mounted. 3419@end table 3420 3421A UFS entry might be: 3422 3423@example 3424jsp host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/sd0d;sublink:=jsp 3425@end example 3426 3427UFS is the default Unix disk-based file system, which Am-utils picks up 3428during the autoconfiguration phase. Some systems have more than one 3429type, such as IRIX, that comes with EFS (Extent File System) and XFS 3430(Extended File System). In those cases, you may explicitly set the file 3431system type, by using entries such: 3432 3433@example 3434ez1 type:=efs;dev:=/dev/xd0a 3435ez2 type:=xfs;dev:=/dev/sd3c 3436@end example 3437 3438The UFS/XFS/EFS filesystems are never timed out by default, i.e. they 3439will never be unmounted by @i{Amd}. If automatic unmounting is 3440desired, the ``unmount'' option should be added to the mount options 3441for the entry. 3442 3443@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3444@node Caching Filesystem, CD-ROM Filesystem, Unix Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3445@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3446@section Caching Filesystem (@samp{cachefs}) 3447@cindex Caching Filesystem 3448@cindex cachefs, filesystem type 3449@cindex Filesystem type; cachefs 3450 3451The @dfn{cachefs} (@samp{type:=cachefs}) filesystem caches files from 3452one location onto another, presumably providing faster access. It is 3453particularly useful to cache from a larger and remote (slower) NFS 3454partition to a smaller and local (faster) UFS directory. 3455 3456@noindent 3457The following options must be specified: 3458 3459@table @code 3460@cindex cachedir, mount option 3461@cindex Mount option; cachedir 3462@item cachedir 3463the directory where the cache is stored. 3464@item rfs 3465the path name to the ``back file system'' to be cached from. 3466@item fs 3467the ``front file system'' mount point to the cached files, where @i{Amd} 3468will set a symbolic link pointing to. 3469@end table 3470 3471A CacheFS entry for, say, the @file{/import} @i{Amd} mount point, might 3472be: 3473 3474@example 3475copt type:=cachefs;cachedir:=/cache;rfs:=/import/opt;fs:=/n/import/copt 3476@end example 3477 3478Access to the pathname @file{/import/copt} will follow a symbolic link 3479to @file{/n/import/copt}. The latter is the mount point for a caching 3480file system, that caches from @file{/import/opt} to @file{/cache}. 3481 3482The cachefs filesystem is never timed out by default, i.e. it will 3483never be unmounted by @i{Amd}. If automatic unmounting is desired, the 3484``unmount'' option should be added to the mount options for the entry. 3485 3486@b{Caveats}: 3487@enumerate 3488@item This file system is currently only implemented for Solaris 2.x! 3489@item Before being used for the first time, the cache directory @i{must} be 3490initialized with @samp{cfsadmin -c @var{cachedir}}. See the manual page for 3491@b{cfsadmin}(1M) for more information. 3492@item The ``back file system'' mounted must be a complete file system, not 3493a subdirectory thereof; otherwise you will get an error ``Invalid Argument''. 3494@item If @i{Amd} aborts abnormally, the state of the cache may be 3495inconsistent, requiring running the command @file{fsck -F cachefs 3496@var{cachedir}}. Otherwise you will get the error ``No Space Left on Device''. 3497@end enumerate 3498 3499@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3500@node CD-ROM Filesystem, Loopback Filesystem, Caching Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3501@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3502@section CD-ROM Filesystem (@samp{cdfs}) 3503@cindex CD-ROM Filesystem 3504@cindex cdfs, filesystem type 3505@cindex Filesystem type; cdfs 3506 3507The @dfn{cdfs} (@samp{type:=cdfs}) filesystem mounts a CD-ROM with an 3508ISO9660 format filesystem on it. 3509 3510@noindent 3511The following option must be specified: 3512 3513@table @code 3514@cindex dev, mount option 3515@cindex Mount option; dev 3516@item dev 3517the block special device to be mounted. 3518@end table 3519 3520Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only CDs unless the 3521@samp{ro} option is specified. A cdfs entry might be: 3522 3523@example 3524cdfs os==sunos4;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/sr0 \ 3525 os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2 3526@end example 3527 3528@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3529@node Loopback Filesystem, Memory/RAM Filesystem, CD-ROM Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3530@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3531@section Loopback Filesystem (@samp{lofs}) 3532@cindex Loopback Filesystem 3533@cindex lofs, filesystem type 3534@cindex Filesystem type; lofs 3535 3536The @dfn{lofs} (@samp{type:=lofs}) filesystem is also called the 3537loopback filesystem. It mounts a local directory on another, thus 3538providing mount-time binding to another location (unlike symbolic 3539links). 3540 3541The loopback filesystem is particularly useful within the context of a 3542chroot-ed directory (via @b{chroot}(2)), to provide access to 3543directories otherwise inaccessible. 3544 3545@noindent 3546The following option must be specified: 3547 3548@table @code 3549@cindex rfs, mount option 3550@cindex Mount option; rfs 3551@item rfs 3552the pathname to be mounted on top of @code{$@{fs@}}. 3553@end table 3554 3555Usually, the FTP server runs in a chroot-ed environment, for security 3556reasons. In this example, lofs is used to provide a subdirectory within 3557a user's home directory, also available for public ftp. 3558 3559@example 3560lofs type:=lofs;rfs:=/home/ezk/myftpdir;fs:=/usr/ftp/pub/ezk 3561@end example 3562 3563@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3564@node Memory/RAM Filesystem, Null Filesystem, Loopback Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3565@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3566@section Memory/RAM Filesystem (@samp{mfs}) 3567@cindex Memory/RAM Filesystem 3568@cindex mfs, filesystem type 3569@cindex Filesystem type; mfs 3570 3571The @dfn{mfs} (@samp{type:=mfs}) filesystem is available in 4.4BSD, 3572Linux, and other systems. It creates a filesystem in a portion of the 3573system's memory, thus providing very fast file (volatile) access. 3574 3575XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET! 3576 3577@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3578@node Null Filesystem, Floppy Filesystem, Memory/RAM Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3579@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3580@section Null Filesystem (@samp{nullfs}) 3581@cindex Null Filesystem 3582@cindex nullfs, filesystem type 3583@cindex Filesystem type; nullfs 3584 3585The @dfn{nullfs} (@samp{type:=nullfs}) filesystem is available from 4.4BSD, 3586and is very similar to the loopback filesystem, @dfn{lofs}. 3587 3588XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET! 3589 3590@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3591@node Floppy Filesystem, Translucent Filesystem, Null Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3592@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3593@section Floppy Filesystem (@samp{pcfs}) 3594@cindex Floppy Filesystem 3595@cindex pcfs, filesystem type 3596@cindex Filesystem type; pcfs 3597 3598The @dfn{pcfs} (@samp{type:=pcfs}) filesystem mounts a floppy previously 3599formatted for the MS-DOS format. 3600 3601@noindent 3602The following option must be specified: 3603 3604@table @code 3605@cindex dev, mount option 3606@cindex Mount option; dev 3607@item dev 3608the block special device to be mounted. 3609@end table 3610 3611A pcfs entry might be: 3612 3613@example 3614pcfs os==sunos4;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/fd0 \ 3615 os==sunos5;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/diskette 3616@end example 3617 3618@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3619@node Translucent Filesystem, Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, Floppy Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3620@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3621@section Translucent Filesystem (@samp{tfs}) 3622@cindex Translucent Filesystem 3623@cindex tfs, filesystem type 3624@cindex Filesystem type; tfs 3625 3626The @dfn{tfs} (@samp{type:=tfs}) filesystem is an older version of the 36274.4BSD @dfn{unionfs}. 3628 3629XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET! 3630 3631@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3632@node Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, User ID Mapping Filesystem, Translucent Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3633@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3634@section Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem (@samp{tmpfs}) 3635@cindex Shared Memory and Swap Filesystem 3636@cindex tmpfs, filesystem type 3637@cindex Filesystem type; tmpfs 3638 3639The @dfn{tmpfs} (@samp{type:=tmpfs}) filesystem shares memory between a 3640the swap device and the rest of the system. It is generally used to 3641provide a fast access @file{/tmp} directory, one that uses memory that 3642is otherwise unused. This filesystem is available in SunOS 4.x and 5.x. 3643 3644XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET! 3645 3646@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3647@node User ID Mapping Filesystem, Program Filesystem, Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3648@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3649@section User ID Mapping Filesystem (@samp{umapfs}) 3650@cindex User ID Mapping Filesystem 3651@cindex umapfs, filesystem type 3652@cindex Filesystem type; umapfs 3653 3654The @dfn{umapfs} (@samp{type:=umapfs}) filesystem maps User IDs of file 3655ownership, and is available from 4.4BSD. 3656 3657XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET! 3658 3659@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3660@node Program Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem, User ID Mapping Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3661@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3662@section Program Filesystem (@samp{program}) 3663@cindex Program filesystem 3664@cindex Mount a filesystem under program control 3665@cindex program, filesystem type 3666@cindex Filesystem type; program 3667 3668The @dfn{program} (@samp{type:=program}) filesystem type allows a 3669program to be run whenever a mount or unmount is required. This allows 3670easy addition of support for other filesystem types, such as MIT's 3671Remote Virtual Disk (RVD) which has a programmatic interface via the 3672commands @samp{rvdmount} and @samp{rvdunmount}. 3673 3674@noindent 3675Both of the following options must be specified: 3676 3677@table @code 3678@cindex mount, mount option 3679@cindex Mount option; mount 3680@item mount 3681the program which will perform the mount. 3682 3683@cindex unmount, mount option 3684@cindex umount, mount option 3685@cindex Mount option; unmount 3686@cindex Mount option; umount 3687@item unmount 3688@item umount 3689the program which will perform the unmount. For convenience, you may 3690use either @samp{unmount} or @samp{umount} but not both. If neither 3691is defined, @i{Amd} will default to @samp{umount $@{fs@}} (the actual 3692unmount program pathname will be automatically determined at the time 3693GNU @code{configure} runs.) 3694@end table 3695 3696The exit code from these two programs is interpreted as a Unix error 3697code. As usual, exit code zero indicates success. To execute the 3698program, @i{Amd} splits the string on whitespace to create an array of 3699substrings. Single quotes @samp{'} can be used to quote whitespace 3700if that is required in an argument. There is no way to escape or change 3701the single quote character. 3702 3703To run e.g. the program @samp{rvdmount} with a host name and filesystem as 3704arguments, it would be specified by 3705@samp{fs:=$@{autodir@}$@{path@};type:=program;mount:="/etc/rvdmount 3706rvdmount fserver $@{fs@}";unmount:="/etc/rdvumount rvdumount $@{fs@}"}. 3707 3708The first element in the array is taken as the pathname of the program 3709to execute. The other members of the array form the argument vector 3710to be passed to the program, @dfn{including argument zero}. The array 3711is exactly the same as the array passed to the execv() system call 3712(man execv for details). The split string must have at least two 3713elements. The programs are directly executed by @i{Amd}, not via a 3714shell. Therefore, if a script is to be used as a mount/umount 3715program, it @dfn{must} begin with a @code{#!} interpreter specification. 3716 3717Often, this program mount type is used for Samba mounts, where you 3718need a double slash in pathnames. However, @i{Amd} normalizes 3719sequences of slashes into one slash. Therefore, you must use an 3720escaped slash, preceded by an escaped backslash. So to get a double 3721slash in the mount command, you need the eight character sequence 3722@samp{\\\/\\\/} in your map. For example: 3723 3724@samp{mount="/sbin/mount mount -r -t smbfs -o-N,-Ihostname \\\/\\\/guest@@venus/mp3"} 3725 3726If a filesystem type is to be heavily used, it may be worthwhile adding 3727a new filesystem type into @i{Amd}, but for most uses the program 3728filesystem should suffice. 3729 3730When the program is run, standard input and standard error are inherited 3731from the current values used by @i{Amd}. Standard output is a 3732duplicate of standard error. The value specified with the @code{-l} 3733command line option has no effect on standard error. 3734 3735@i{Amd} guarantees that the mountpoint will be created before calling 3736the mount program, and that it will be removed after the umount 3737program returns success. 3738 3739@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3740@node Symbolic Link Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem II, Program Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3741@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3742@section Symbolic Link Filesystem (@samp{link}) 3743@cindex Symbolic link filesystem 3744@cindex Referencing part of the local name space 3745@cindex Mounting part of the local name space 3746@cindex How to reference part of the local name space 3747@cindex link, filesystem type 3748@cindex symlink, link filesystem type 3749@cindex Filesystem type; link 3750 3751Each filesystem type creates a symbolic link to point from the volume 3752name to the physical mount point. The @samp{link} filesystem does the 3753same without any other side effects. This allows any part of the 3754machines name space to be accessed via @i{Amd}. 3755 3756One common use for the symlink filesystem is @file{/homes} which can be 3757made to contain an entry for each user which points to their 3758(auto-mounted) home directory. Although this may seem rather expensive, 3759it provides a great deal of administrative flexibility. 3760 3761@noindent 3762The following option must be defined: 3763 3764@table @code 3765@item fs 3766The value of @var{fs} option specifies the destination of the link, as 3767modified by the @var{sublink} option. If @var{sublink} is non-null, it 3768is appended to @code{$@{fs@}}@code{/} and the resulting string is used 3769as the target. 3770@end table 3771 3772The @samp{link} filesystem can be thought of as identical to the 3773@samp{ufs} filesystem but without actually mounting anything. 3774 3775An example entry might be: 3776 3777@example 3778jsp host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp 3779@end example 3780which would return a symbolic link pointing to @file{/home/charm/jsp}. 3781 3782@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3783@node Symbolic Link Filesystem II, NFS-Link Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3784@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3785@section Symbolic Link Filesystem II (@samp{linkx}) 3786@cindex Symbolic link filesystem II 3787@cindex Referencing an existing part of the local name space 3788@cindex Mounting an existing part of the local name space 3789@cindex How to reference an existing part of the local name space 3790@cindex linkx, filesystem type 3791@cindex symlink, linkx filesystem type 3792@cindex Filesystem type; linkx 3793 3794The @dfn{linkx} (@samp{type:=linkx}) filesystem type is identical to @samp{link} with the 3795exception that the target of the link must exist. Existence is checked 3796with the @b{lstat}(2) system call. 3797 3798The @samp{linkx} filesystem type is particularly useful for wildcard map 3799entries. In this case, a list of possible targets can be given and 3800@i{Amd} will choose the first one which exists on the local machine. 3801 3802@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3803@node NFS-Link Filesystem, Automount Filesystem, Symbolic Link Filesystem II, Filesystem Types 3804@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3805@section NFS-Link Filesystem (@samp{nfsl}) 3806@cindex NFS-Link filesystem II 3807@cindex Referencing an existing part of the name space if target exists 3808@cindex Mounting a remote part of the name space if target is missing 3809@cindex Symlink if target exists, NFS otherwise 3810@cindex nfsl, filesystem type 3811@cindex symlink, nfsl filesystem type 3812@cindex Filesystem type; nfsl 3813 3814The @dfn{nfsl} (@samp{type:=nfsl}) filesystem type is a combination of two others: 3815@samp{link} and @samp{nfs}. If the local host name is equal to the 3816value of @code{$@{rhost@}} @emph{and} the target pathname listed in 3817@code{$@{fs@}} exists, @samp{nfsl} will behave exactly as 3818@samp{type:=link}, and refer to the target as a symbolic link. If the 3819local host name is not equal to the value of @code{$@{rhost@}}, or if 3820the target of the link does not exist, @i{Amd} will treat it as 3821@samp{type:=nfs}, and will mount a remote pathname for it. 3822 3823The @samp{nfsl} filesystem type is particularly useful as a shorthand 3824for the more cumbersome and yet one of the most popular @i{Amd} 3825entries. For example, you can simplify all map entries that look like: 3826 3827@example 3828zing -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \ 3829 host!=shekel;type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@} \ 3830 host==shekel;type:=link 3831@end example 3832 3833or 3834 3835@example 3836zing -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \ 3837 exists($@{fs@});type:=link \ 3838 !exists($@{fs@});type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@} 3839@end example 3840 3841into a shorter form 3842 3843@example 3844zing type:=nfsl;fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=$@{fs@} 3845@end example 3846 3847Not just does it make the maps smaller and simpler, but it avoids 3848possible mistakes that often happen when forgetting to set up the two 3849entries (one for @samp{type:=nfs} and the other for @samp{type:=link}) 3850necessary to perform transparent mounts of existing or remote mounts. 3851 3852@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3853@node Automount Filesystem, Direct Automount Filesystem, NFS-Link Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3854@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3855@section Automount Filesystem (@samp{auto}) 3856@cindex Automount filesystem 3857@cindex Map cache types 3858@cindex Setting map cache parameters 3859@cindex How to set map cache parameters 3860@cindex How to start an indirect automount point 3861@cindex auto, filesystem type 3862@cindex Filesystem type; auto 3863@cindex SIGHUP signal 3864@cindex Map cache synchronizing 3865@cindex Synchronizing the map cache 3866@cindex Map cache options 3867@cindex Regular expressions in maps 3868 3869The @dfn{auto} (@samp{type:=auto}) filesystem type creates a new automount point below an 3870existing automount point. Top-level automount points appear as system 3871mount points. An automount mount point can also appear as a 3872sub-directory of an existing automount point. This allows some 3873additional structure to be added, for example to mimic the mount tree of 3874another machine. 3875 3876The following options may be specified: 3877 3878@table @code 3879@cindex cache, mount map option 3880@cindex Mount map option; cache 3881@item cache 3882specifies whether the data in this mount-map should be 3883cached. The default value is @samp{none}, in which case 3884no caching is done in order to conserve memory. 3885 3886However, better performance and reliability can be obtained by caching 3887some or all of a mount-map. 3888 3889If the cache option specifies @samp{all}, 3890the entire map is enumerated when the mount point is created. 3891 3892If the cache option specifies @samp{inc}, caching is done incrementally 3893as and when data is required. 3894Some map types do not support cache mode @samp{all}, in which case @samp{inc} 3895is used whenever @samp{all} is requested. 3896 3897Caching can be entirely disabled by using cache mode @samp{none}. 3898 3899If the cache option specifies @samp{regexp} then the entire map will be 3900enumerated and each key will be treated as an egrep-style regular 3901expression. The order in which a cached map is searched does not 3902correspond to the ordering in the source map so the regular expressions 3903should be mutually exclusive to avoid confusion. 3904 3905Each mount map type has a default cache type, usually @samp{inc}, which 3906can be selected by specifying @samp{mapdefault}. 3907 3908The cache mode for a mount map can only be selected on the command line. 3909Starting @i{Amd} with the command: 3910 3911@example 3912amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc 3913@end example 3914 3915will cause @samp{/homes} to be automounted using the @dfn{Hesiod} name 3916server with local incremental caching of all successfully resolved names. 3917 3918All cached data is forgotten whenever @i{Amd} receives a @samp{SIGHUP} 3919signal and, if cache @samp{all} mode was selected, the cache will be 3920reloaded. This can be used to inform @i{Amd} that a map has been 3921updated. In addition, whenever a cache lookup fails and @i{Amd} needs 3922to examine a map, the map's modify time is examined. If the cache is 3923out of date with respect to the map then it is flushed as if a 3924@samp{SIGHUP} had been received. 3925 3926An additional option (@samp{sync}) may be specified to force @i{Amd} to 3927check the map's modify time whenever a cached entry is being used. For 3928example, an incremental, synchronized cache would be created by the 3929following command: 3930 3931@example 3932amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc,sync 3933@end example 3934 3935@item fs 3936specifies the name of the mount map to use for the new mount point. 3937 3938Arguably this should have been specified with the @code{$@{rfs@}} option but 3939we are now stuck with it due to historical accident. 3940 3941@c %If the string @samp{.} is used then the same map is used; 3942@c %in addition the lookup prefix is set to the name of the mount point followed 3943@c %by a slash @samp{/}. 3944@c %This is the same as specifying @samp{fs:=\$@{map@};pref:=\$@{key@}/}. 3945@c 3946 3947@item pref 3948alters the name that is looked up in the mount map. If 3949@code{$@{pref@}}, the @dfn{prefix}, is non-null then it is prepended 3950to the name requested by the kernel @dfn{before} the map is 3951searched. The default prefix is the prefix of the parent map (if any) 3952with name of the auto node appended to it. That means if you want no 3953prefix you must say so in the map: @samp{pref:=null}. 3954 3955@item opts 3956Normally, @samp{auto} style maps are not browsable even if you turn on 3957directory browsability (@pxref{browsable_dirs Parameter}). To enable 3958browsing entries in @samp{auto} maps, specify @samp{opts:=browsable} 3959or @samp{opts:=fullybrowsable} in 3960the description of this map. 3961 3962@end table 3963 3964The server @samp{dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk} has two user disks: 3965@samp{/dev/dsk/2s0} and @samp{/dev/dsk/5s0}. These are accessed as 3966@samp{/home/dylan/dk2} and @samp{/home/dylan/dk5} respectively. Since 3967@samp{/home} is already an automount point, this naming is achieved with 3968the following map entries:@refill 3969 3970@example 3971dylan type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/ 3972dylan/dk2 type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0 3973dylan/dk5 type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0 3974@end example 3975 3976@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3977@node Direct Automount Filesystem, Union Filesystem, Automount Filesystem, Filesystem Types 3978@comment node-name, next, previous, up 3979@section Direct Automount Filesystem (@samp{direct}) 3980@cindex Direct automount filesystem 3981@cindex How to start a direct automount point 3982@cindex direct, filesystem type 3983@cindex Filesystem type; direct 3984 3985The @dfn{direct} (@samp{type:=direct}) filesystem is almost identical to 3986the automount filesystem. Instead of appearing to be a directory of 3987mount points, it appears as a symbolic link to a mounted filesystem. 3988The mount is done at the time the link is accessed. @xref{Automount 3989Filesystem}, for a list of required options. 3990 3991Direct automount points are created by specifying the @samp{direct} 3992filesystem type on the command line: 3993 3994@example 3995amd ... /usr/man auto.direct -type:=direct 3996@end example 3997 3998where @samp{auto.direct} would contain an entry such as: 3999 4000@example 4001usr/man -type:=nfs;rfs:=/usr/man \ 4002 rhost:=man-server1 rhost:=man-server2 4003@end example 4004 4005In this example, @samp{man-server1} and @samp{man-server2} are file 4006servers which export copies of the manual pages. Note that the key 4007which is looked up is the name of the automount point without the 4008leading @samp{/}. 4009 4010Note that the implementation of the traditional @dfn{direct} filesystem is 4011essentially a hack (pretending that the root of an NFS filesystem is a 4012symlink) and many modern operating systems get very unhappy about 4013it. For example, Linux kernel 2.4+ completely disallows it, and Solaris 40142.8 fails to unmount it when @i{Amd} shuts down. Therefore, the use of 4015the traditional @dfn{direct} filesystem is strongly discouraged; it is 4016only semi-supported, at best. 4017 4018The autofs implementations that permit direct mounts are fully 4019supported, however. That currently includes all versions of 4020Solaris. Linux autofs does NOT support direct mounts at all. 4021 4022@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4023@node Union Filesystem, Error Filesystem, Direct Automount Filesystem, Filesystem Types 4024@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4025@section Union Filesystem (@samp{union}) 4026@cindex Union filesystem 4027@cindex union, filesystem type 4028@cindex Filesystem type; union 4029 4030The @dfn{union} (@samp{type:=union}) filesystem type allows the contents of several 4031directories to be merged and made visible in a single directory. This 4032can be used to overcome one of the major limitations of the Unix mount 4033mechanism which only allows complete directories to be mounted. 4034 4035For example, supposing @file{/tmp} and @file{/var/tmp} were to be merged 4036into a new directory called @file{/mtmp}, with files in @file{/var/tmp} 4037taking precedence. The following command could be used to achieve this 4038effect: 4039 4040@example 4041amd ... /mtmp union:/tmp:/var/tmp -type:=union 4042@end example 4043 4044Currently, the unioned directories must @emph{not} be automounted. That 4045would cause a deadlock. This seriously limits the current usefulness of 4046this filesystem type and the problem will be addressed in a future 4047release of @i{Amd}. 4048 4049Files created in the union directory are actually created in the last 4050named directory. This is done by creating a wildcard entry which points 4051to the correct directory. The wildcard entry is visible if the union 4052directory is listed, so allowing you to see which directory has 4053priority. 4054 4055The files visible in the union directory are computed at the time 4056@i{Amd} is started, and are not kept up-to-date with respect to the 4057underlying directories. Similarly, if a link is removed, for example 4058with the @samp{rm} command, it will be lost forever. 4059 4060@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4061@node Error Filesystem, Top-level Filesystem, Union Filesystem, Filesystem Types 4062@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4063@section Error Filesystem (@samp{error}) 4064@cindex Error filesystem 4065@cindex error, filesystem type 4066@cindex Filesystem type; error 4067 4068The @dfn{error} (@samp{type:=error}) filesystem type is used internally as a catch-all in the 4069case where none of the other filesystems was selected, or some other 4070error occurred. Lookups and mounts always fail with ``No such file or 4071directory''. All other operations trivially succeed. 4072 4073The error filesystem is not directly accessible. 4074 4075@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4076@node Top-level Filesystem, Root Filesystem, Error Filesystem, Filesystem Types 4077@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4078@section Top-level Filesystem (@samp{toplvl}) 4079@cindex Top level filesystem 4080@cindex toplvl, filesystem type 4081@cindex Filesystem type; toplvl 4082 4083The @dfn{toplvl} (@samp{type:=toplvl}) filesystems is derived from the @samp{auto} filesystem 4084and is used to mount the top-level automount nodes. Requests of this 4085type are automatically generated from the command line arguments. 4086 4087@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4088@node Root Filesystem, Inheritance Filesystem, Top-level Filesystem, Filesystem Types 4089@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4090@section Root Filesystem (@samp{root}) 4091@cindex Root filesystem 4092@cindex root, filesystem type 4093@cindex Filesystem type; root 4094 4095The @dfn{root} (@samp{type:=root}) filesystem type acts as an internal 4096placeholder onto which @i{Amd} can pin @samp{toplvl} mounts. Only one 4097node of this type need ever exist and one is created automatically 4098during startup. The effect of having more than one root node is 4099undefined. 4100 4101The root filesystem is not directly accessible. 4102 4103@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4104@node Inheritance Filesystem, , Root Filesystem, Filesystem Types 4105@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4106@section Inheritance Filesystem (@samp{inherit}) 4107@cindex Inheritance filesystem 4108@cindex Nodes generated on a restart 4109@cindex inherit, filesystem type 4110@cindex Filesystem type; inherit 4111 4112The @dfn{inheritance} (@samp{type:=inherit}) filesystem is not directly 4113accessible. Instead, internal mount nodes of this type are 4114automatically generated when @i{Amd} is started with the @code{-r} option. 4115At this time the system mount table is scanned to locate any filesystems 4116which are already mounted. If any reference to these filesystems is 4117made through @i{Amd} then instead of attempting to mount it, @i{Amd} 4118simulates the mount and @dfn{inherits} the filesystem. This allows a 4119new version of @i{Amd} to be installed on a live system simply by 4120killing the old daemon with @samp{SIGTERM} and starting the new one.@refill 4121 4122This filesystem type is not generally visible externally, but it is 4123possible that the output from @samp{amq -m} may list @samp{inherit} as 4124the filesystem type. This happens when an inherit operation cannot 4125be completed for some reason, usually because a fileserver is down. 4126 4127@c ################################################################ 4128@node Amd Configuration File, Run-time Administration, Filesystem Types, Top 4129@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4130@chapter Amd Configuration File 4131@cindex Amd Configuration File 4132@cindex amd.conf 4133 4134The @samp{amd.conf} file is the configuration file for @i{Amd}, as part 4135of the am-utils suite. This file contains runtime configuration 4136information for the @i{Amd} automounter program. 4137 4138@menu 4139* File Format:: 4140* The Global Section:: 4141* Regular Map Sections:: 4142* Common Parameters:: 4143* Global Parameters:: 4144* Regular Map Parameters:: 4145* amd.conf Examples:: 4146@end menu 4147 4148@c ================================================================ 4149@node File Format, The Global Section, Amd Configuration File, Amd Configuration File 4150@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4151@section File Format 4152@cindex amd.conf file format 4153 4154The @samp{amd.conf} file consists of sections and parameters. A section 4155begins with the name of the section in square brackets @samp{[]} and 4156continues until the next section begins or the end of the file is reached. 4157Sections contain parameters of the form @samp{name = value}. 4158 4159The file is line-based --- that is, each newline-terminated line 4160represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter. No 4161line-continuation syntax is available. 4162 4163Section names, parameter names and their values are case sensitive. 4164 4165Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. Whitespace 4166before or after the first equals sign is discarded. Leading, trailing 4167and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant. 4168Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded. 4169Internal whitespace within a parameter value is not allowed, unless the 4170whole parameter value is quoted with double quotes as in @samp{name = 4171"some value"}. 4172 4173Any line beginning with a pound sign @samp{#} is ignored, as are lines 4174containing only whitespace. 4175 4176The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a 4177string (no quotes needed if string does not include spaces) or a 4178boolean, which may be given as @samp{yes}/@samp{no}. Case is significant in all 4179values. Some items such as cache timeouts are numeric. 4180 4181@c ================================================================ 4182@node The Global Section, Regular Map Sections, File Format, Amd Configuration File 4183@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4184@section The Global Section 4185@cindex amd.conf global section 4186 4187The global section must be specified as @samp{[global]}. Parameters in 4188this section either apply to @i{Amd} as a whole, or to all other regular map 4189sections which follow. There should be only one global section defined 4190in one configuration file. 4191 4192It is highly recommended that this section be specified first in the 4193configuration file. If it is not, then regular map sections which 4194precede it will not use global values defined later. 4195 4196@c ================================================================ 4197@node Regular Map Sections, Common Parameters, The Global Section, Amd Configuration File 4198@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4199@section Regular Map Sections 4200@cindex amd.conf regular map sections 4201 4202Parameters in regular (non-global) sections apply to a single map entry. 4203For example, if the map section @samp{[/homes]} is defined, then all 4204parameters following it will be applied to the @file{/homes} 4205@i{Amd}-managed mount point. 4206 4207@c ================================================================ 4208@node Common Parameters, Global Parameters, Regular Map Sections, Amd Configuration File 4209@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4210@section Common Parameters 4211@cindex amd.conf common parameters 4212 4213These parameters can be specified either in the global or a map-specific 4214section. Entries specified in a map-specific section override the default 4215value or one defined in the global section. If such a common parameter is 4216specified only in the global section, it is applicable to all regular map 4217sections that follow. 4218 4219@menu 4220* autofs_use_lofs Parameter:: 4221* browsable_dirs Parameter:: 4222* map_defaults Parameter:: 4223* map_options Parameter:: 4224* map_type Parameter:: 4225* mount_type Parameter:: 4226* search_path Parameter:: 4227* selectors_in_defaults Parameter:: 4228* sun_map_syntax Parameter:: 4229@end menu 4230 4231@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4232@node autofs_use_lofs Parameter, browsable_dirs Parameter, Common Parameters, Common Parameters 4233@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4234@subsection @t{autofs_use_lofs} Parameter 4235@cindex autofs_use_lofs Parameter 4236 4237(type=string, default=@samp{yes}). 4238When set to @samp{yes}, @i{Amd}'s autofs code will use lofs-type 4239(loopback) mounts for @code{type:=link} mounts, as well as several 4240other cases that require local references. This has the advantage 4241that @i{Amd} does not use a secondary mount point and users do not see 4242external pathnames (the infamous @code{/bin/pwd} problem, where it 4243reports a different path than the user chdir'ed into). One of the 4244disadvantages of using this option is that the autofs code is 4245relatively new and the in-place mounts have not been throughly tested. 4246 4247If this option is set to @samp{no}, then @i{Amd}'s autofs code will 4248use symlinks instead of lofs-type mounts for local references. This 4249has the advantage of using simpler (more stable) code, but at the 4250expense of negating one of autofs's big advantages: the hiding of 4251@i{Amd}'s internal paths. Note that symlinks are not supported in all 4252autofs implementations, especially those derived from Solaris Autofs 4253v1. Also, on Solaris 2.6 and newer, autofs symlinks are not cached, 4254resulting in repeated up-call requests to @i{Amd}. 4255 4256@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4257@node browsable_dirs Parameter, map_defaults Parameter, autofs_use_lofs Parameter, Common Parameters 4258@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4259@subsection @t{browsable_dirs} Parameter 4260@cindex browsable_dirs Parameter 4261 4262(type=string, default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd}'s top-level 4263mount points will be browsable to @b{readdir}(3) calls. This means you 4264could run for example @b{ls}(1) and see what keys are available to mount 4265in that directory. Not all entries are made visible to @b{readdir}(3): 4266the @samp{/defaults} entry, wildcard entries, and those with a @file{/} 4267in them are not included. If you specify @samp{full} to this option, 4268all but the @samp{/defaults} entry will be visible. Note that if you run 4269a command which will attempt to @b{stat}(2) the entries, such as often 4270done by @samp{ls -l} or @samp{ls -F}, @i{Amd} will attempt to mount 4271@i{every} entry in that map. This is often called a ``mount storm''. 4272 4273Note that mount storms are mostly avoided by using autofs mounts 4274(@samp{mount_type = autofs}). 4275 4276@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4277@node map_defaults Parameter, map_options Parameter, browsable_dirs Parameter, Common Parameters 4278@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4279@subsection @t{map_defaults} Parameter 4280@cindex map_defaults Parameter 4281 4282(type=string, default to empty). This option sets a string to be used 4283as the map's @code{/defaults} entry, overriding any @code{/defaults} 4284specified in the map. This allows local users to override a given 4285map's defaults without modifying maps globally (which is impossible in 4286sites where the maps are managed by a different administrative group). 4287 4288@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4289@node map_options Parameter, map_type Parameter, map_defaults Parameter, Common Parameters 4290@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4291@subsection @t{map_options} Parameter 4292@cindex map_options Parameter 4293 4294(type=string, default no options). This option is the same as 4295specifying map options on the command line to @i{Amd}, such as 4296@samp{cache:=all}. 4297 4298@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4299@node map_type Parameter, mount_type Parameter, map_options Parameter, Common Parameters 4300@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4301@subsection @t{map_type} Parameter 4302@cindex map_type Parameter 4303 4304(type=string, default search all map types). If specified, @i{Amd} will 4305initialize the map only for the type given. This is useful to avoid the 4306default map search type used by @i{Amd} which takes longer and can have 4307undesired side-effects such as initializing NIS even if not used. 4308Possible values are 4309 4310@table @samp 4311@item file 4312plain files 4313@item hesiod 4314Hesiod name service from MIT 4315@item ldap 4316Lightweight Directory Access Protocol 4317@item ndbm 4318(New) dbm style hash files 4319@item nis 4320Network Information Services (version 2) 4321@item nisplus 4322Network Information Services Plus (version 3) 4323@item passwd 4324local password files 4325@item union 4326union maps 4327@end table 4328 4329@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4330@node mount_type Parameter, search_path Parameter, map_type Parameter, Common Parameters 4331@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4332@subsection @t{mount_type} Parameter 4333@cindex mount_type Parameter 4334 4335(type=string, default=@samp{nfs}). All @i{Amd} mount types default to NFS. 4336That is, @i{Amd} is an NFS server on the map mount points, for the local 4337host it is running on. If @samp{autofs} is specified, @i{Amd} will be 4338an autofs server for those mount points. 4339 4340@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4341@node search_path Parameter, selectors_in_defaults Parameter, mount_type Parameter, Common Parameters 4342@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4343@subsection @t{search_path} Parameter 4344@cindex search_path Parameter 4345 4346(type=string, default no search path). This provides a 4347(colon-delimited) search path for file maps. Using a search path, 4348sites can allow for local map customizations and overrides, and can 4349distributed maps in several locations as needed. 4350 4351@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4352@node selectors_in_defaults Parameter, sun_map_syntax Parameter, search_path Parameter, Common Parameters 4353@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4354@subsection @t{selectors_in_defaults} Parameter 4355@cindex selectors_in_defaults Parameter 4356 4357(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, then the 4358@samp{/defaults} entry of maps will search for and process any 4359selectors before setting defaults for all other keys in that map. 4360Useful when you want to set different options for a complete map based 4361on some parameters. For example, you may want to better the NFS 4362performance over slow slip-based networks as follows: 4363 4364@example 4365/defaults \ 4366 wire==slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024 \ 4367 wire!=slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=8192,wsize=8192 4368@end example 4369 4370Deprecated form: selectors_on_default. 4371 4372@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4373@node sun_map_syntax Parameter, , selectors_in_defaults Parameter, Common Parameters 4374@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4375@subsection @t{sun_map_syntax} Parameter 4376@cindex sun_map_syntax Parameter 4377 4378(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd} will 4379parse the map according to the Sun Automount syntax. 4380 4381 4382@c ================================================================ 4383@node Global Parameters, Regular Map Parameters, Common Parameters, Amd Configuration File 4384@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4385@section Global Parameters 4386@cindex amd.conf global parameters 4387 4388The following parameters are applicable to the @samp{[global]} section only. 4389 4390@menu 4391* arch Parameter:: 4392* auto_attrcache Parameter:: 4393* auto_dir Parameter:: 4394* cache_duration Parameter:: 4395* cluster Parameter:: 4396* debug_mtab_file Parameter:: 4397* debug_options Parameter:: 4398* dismount_interval Parameter:: 4399* domain_strip Parameter:: 4400* exec_map_timeout Parameter:: 4401* forced_unmounts Parameter:: 4402* full_os Parameter:: 4403* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter:: 4404* hesiod_base Parameter:: 4405* karch Parameter:: 4406* ldap_base Parameter:: 4407* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter:: 4408* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter:: 4409* ldap_hostports Parameter:: 4410* ldap_proto_version Parameter:: 4411* local_domain Parameter:: 4412* localhost_address Parameter:: 4413* log_file Parameter:: 4414* log_options Parameter:: 4415* map_reload_interval Parameter:: 4416* nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter:: 4417* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter:: 4418* nfs_proto Parameter:: 4419* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter:: 4420* nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter:: 4421* nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter:: 4422* nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter:: 4423* nfs_retry_interval Parameter:: 4424* nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter:: 4425* nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter:: 4426* nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter:: 4427* nfs_vers Parameter:: 4428* nis_domain Parameter:: 4429* normalize_hostnames Parameter:: 4430* normalize_slashes Parameter:: 4431* os Parameter:: 4432* osver Parameter:: 4433* pid_file Parameter:: 4434* plock Parameter:: 4435* portmap_program Parameter:: 4436* preferred_amq_port Parameter:: 4437* print_pid Parameter:: 4438* print_version Parameter:: 4439* restart_mounts Parameter:: 4440* show_statfs_entries Parameter:: 4441* truncate_log Parameter:: 4442* unmount_on_exit Parameter:: 4443* use_tcpwrappers Parameter:: 4444* vendor Parameter:: 4445@end menu 4446 4447@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4448@node arch Parameter, auto_attrcache Parameter, Global Parameters, Global Parameters 4449@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4450@subsection @t{arch} Parameter 4451@cindex arch Parameter 4452 4453(type=string, default to compiled in value). Same as the @code{-A} 4454option to @i{Amd}. Allows you to override the value of the @i{arch} 4455@i{Amd} variable. 4456 4457@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4458@node auto_attrcache Parameter, auto_dir Parameter, arch Parameter, Global Parameters 4459@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4460@subsection @t{auto_attrcache} Parameter 4461@cindex auto_attrcache Parameter 4462 4463(type=numeric, default=0). Specify in seconds (or units of 0.1 4464seconds, depending on the OS), what is the (kernel-side) NFS attribute 4465cache timeout for @i{Amd}'s own automount points. A value of 0 is 4466supposed to turn off attribute caching, meaning that @i{Amd} will be 4467consulted via a kernel-RPC each time someone stat()'s the mount point 4468(which could be abused as a denial-of-service attack). 4469 4470@emph{WARNING}: @i{Amd} depends on being able to turn off the NFS 4471attribute cache of the client OS. If it cannot be turned off, then 4472users may get ESTALE errors or symlinks that point to the wrong 4473places. This is more likely under heavy use of @i{Amd}, for example 4474if your system is experiencing frequent map changes or frequent 4475mounts/unmounts. Therefore, under normal circumstances, this 4476parameter should remain set to 0, to ensure that the attribute cache 4477is indeed off. 4478 4479Unfortunately, some kernels (e.g., certain BSDs) don't have a way to 4480turn off the NFS attribute cache. Setting this parameter to 0 is 4481supposed to turn off attribute caching entirely, but unfortunately it 4482does not; instead, the attribute cache is set to some internal 4483hard-coded default (usually anywhere from 5-30 seconds). If you 4484suspect that your OS doesn't have a reliable way of turning off the 4485attribute cache, then it is better to set this parameter to the 4486smallest possible non-zero value (set @samp{auto_attrcache=1} in your 4487@code{amd.conf}). This will not eliminate the problem, but reduce the 4488risk window somewhat. The best solutions are (1) to use @i{Amd} in 4489Autofs mode, if it's supported in your OS, and (2) talk to your OS 4490vendor to support a true @samp{noac} flag. See the 4491@uref{http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/attrcache.txt,README.attrcache} 4492document for more details. 4493 4494If you are able to turn off the attribute cache on your OS, alas, 4495@i{Amd}'s performance may degrade (when not using Autofs) because 4496every traversal of an automounter-controlled pathname will result in a 4497lookup request from the kernel to @i{Amd}. Under heavy loads, for 4498example when using recursive tools like @samp{find}, @samp{rdist}, or 4499@samp{rsync}, this performance degradation can be noticeable. There 4500are two possible solutions that some administrators have chosen to 4501improve performance: 4502 4503@enumerate 4504 4505@item 4506First, you can turn off unmounting using the @samp{nounmount} mount 4507option. This will ensure that no @i{Amd} symlink could ever change, 4508thereby the kernel's attribute cache and @i{Amd} will always be in 4509sync. However, this method will cause the number of mounts to keep 4510growing, even if some are no longer in use; this has the disadvantage 4511that your system could be more susceptible to hangs if even one of 4512those accumulating mounts hangs due to a downed server. 4513 4514@item 4515Second, you can turn on attribute caching carefully by setting a small 4516automounter attribute cache value (say, one second), and a relatively 4517large dismount interval (say, one hour). (@xref{dismount_interval 4518Parameter}.) For example, you can set this in your @code{amd.conf}: 4519 4520@example 4521[global] 4522auto_attrcache = 1 4523dismount_interval = 3600 4524@end example 4525 4526This has the benefit of using the kernel's attribute cache and thus 4527improving performance. The disadvantage with this option is that the 4528window of vulnerability is not eliminated entirely: it is only made 4529smaller. 4530 4531@end enumerate 4532 4533@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4534@node auto_dir Parameter, cache_duration Parameter, auto_attrcache Parameter, Global Parameters 4535@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4536@subsection @t{auto_dir} Parameter 4537@cindex auto_dir Parameter 4538 4539(type=string, default=@samp{/a}). Same as the @code{-a} option to @i{Amd}. 4540This sets the private directory where @i{Amd} will create 4541sub-directories for its real mount points. 4542 4543@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4544@node cache_duration Parameter, cluster Parameter, auto_dir Parameter, Global Parameters 4545@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4546@subsection @t{cache_duration} Parameter 4547@cindex cache_duration Parameter 4548 4549(type=numeric, default=300). Same as the @code{-c} option to @i{Amd}. 4550Sets the duration in seconds that looked-up or mounted map entries 4551remain in the cache. 4552 4553@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4554@node cluster Parameter, debug_mtab_file Parameter, cache_duration Parameter, Global Parameters 4555@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4556@subsection @t{cluster} Parameter 4557@cindex cluster Parameter 4558 4559(type=string, default no cluster). Same as the @code{-C} option to 4560@i{Amd}. Specifies the alternate HP-UX cluster to use. 4561 4562@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4563@node debug_mtab_file Parameter, debug_options Parameter, cluster Parameter, Global Parameters 4564@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4565@subsection @t{debug_mtab_file} Parameter 4566@cindex debug_mtab_file Parameter 4567 4568(type=string, default="/tmp/mtab"). Path to mtab file that is used 4569by @i{Amd} to store a list of mounted file systems during debug-mtab mode. 4570This option only applies to systems that store mtab information on disk. 4571 4572@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4573@node debug_options Parameter, dismount_interval Parameter, debug_mtab_file Parameter, Global Parameters 4574@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4575@subsection @t{debug_options} Parameter 4576@cindex debug_options Parameter 4577 4578(type=string, default no debug options). Same as the @code{-D} option 4579to @i{Amd}. Specify any debugging options for @i{Amd}. Works only if 4580am-utils was configured for debugging using the @code{--enable-debug} 4581option. The additional @samp{mem} option can be turned on via 4582@code{--enable-debug=mem}. Otherwise debugging options are ignored. 4583Options are comma delimited, and can be preceded by the string 4584@samp{no} to negate their meaning. You can get the list of supported 4585debugging and logging options by running @code{amd -H}. Possible 4586values those listed for the -D option. @xref{-D Option}. 4587 4588@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4589@node dismount_interval Parameter, domain_strip Parameter, debug_options Parameter, Global Parameters 4590@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4591@subsection @t{dismount_interval} Parameter 4592@cindex dismount_interval Parameter 4593 4594(type=numeric, default=120). Same as the @code{-w} option to 4595@i{Amd}. Specify in seconds, the time between attempts to dismount file 4596systems that have exceeded their cached times. 4597 4598@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4599@node domain_strip Parameter, exec_map_timeout Parameter, dismount_interval Parameter, Global Parameters 4600@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4601@subsection @t{domain_strip} Parameter 4602@cindex domain_strip Parameter 4603 4604(type=boolean, default=@samp{yes}). If @samp{yes}, then the domain 4605name part referred to by @code{$@{rhost@}} is stripped off. This is 4606useful to keep logs and smaller. If @samp{no}, then the domain name 4607part is left changed. This is useful when using multiple domains with 4608the same maps (as you may have hosts whose domain-stripped name is 4609identical). 4610 4611@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4612@node exec_map_timeout Parameter, forced_unmounts Parameter, domain_strip Parameter, Global Parameters 4613@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4614@subsection @t{exec_map_timeout} Parameter 4615@cindex exec_map_timeout Parameter 4616 4617(type=numeric, default=10). The timeout in seconds that @i{Amd} will 4618wait for an executable map program before an answer is returned from 4619that program (or script). This value should be set to as small as 4620possible while still allowing normal replies to be returned before the 4621timer expires, because during the time that the executable map program 4622is queried, @i{Amd} is essentially waiting and is thus not responding 4623to any other queries. @xref{Executable maps}. 4624 4625@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4626@node forced_unmounts Parameter, full_os Parameter, exec_map_timeout Parameter, Global Parameters 4627@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4628@subsection @t{forced_unmounts} Parameter 4629@cindex forced_unmounts Parameter 4630 4631(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). 4632Sometimes, mount points are hung due to unrecoverable conditions, such 4633as when NFS servers migrate, change their IP address, are down 4634permanently, or due to hardware failures, and more. In this case, 4635attempting to unmount an existing mount point, or even just to 4636@b{stat}(2) it, results in one of three fatal errors: EIO, ESTALE, or 4637EBUSY. At that point, @i{Amd} can do little to recover that hung 4638point (in fact, the OS cannot automatically recover either). For that 4639reason, some OSs support special kinds of forced unmounts, which must 4640be used very carefully: they will force an unmount immediately (or 4641lazily on Linux), which could result in application data loss. 4642However, that may be the only way to recover the entire host (without 4643rebooting). Once a hung mount point is forced out, @i{Amd} can then 4644re-mount a replacement one (if available), bringing a mostly-hung 4645system back to operation and avoiding a potentially costly reboot. 4646 4647If the @samp{forced_unmounts} option is set to @samp{yes}, and the 4648client OS supports forced or lazy unmounts, then @i{Amd} will attempt 4649to use them if it gets any of the three serious error conditions 4650listed above. Note that @i{Amd} will force the unmount of mount 4651points that returned EBUSY only for @samp{type:=toplvl} mounts 4652(@pxref{Top-level Filesystem}): that is, @i{Amd}'s own mount points. 4653This is useful to recover from a previously hung @i{Amd}, and to 4654ensure that an existing @i{Amd} can shutdown cleanly even if some 4655processes are keeping its mount points busy (i.e., when a user's shell 4656process uses @code{cd} to set its CWD to @i{Amd}'s own mount point). 4657 4658If this option is set to @samp{no} (the default), then @i{Amd} will 4659not attempt this special recovery procedure. 4660 4661@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4662@node full_os Parameter, fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, forced_unmounts Parameter, Global Parameters 4663@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4664@subsection @t{full_os} Parameter 4665@cindex full_os Parameter 4666 4667(type=string, default to compiled in value). The full name of the 4668operating system, along with its version. Allows you to override the 4669compiled-in full name and version of the operating system. Useful when 4670the compiled-in name is not desired. For example, the full operating 4671system name on linux comes up as @samp{linux}, but you can override it 4672to @samp{linux-2.2.5}. 4673 4674@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4675@node fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, hesiod_base Parameter, full_os Parameter, Global Parameters 4676@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4677@subsection @t{fully_qualified_hosts} Parameter 4678@cindex fully_qualified_hosts Parameter 4679 4680(type=string, default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} will perform RPC 4681authentication using fully-qualified host names. This is necessary for 4682some systems, and especially when performing cross-domain mounting. For 4683this function to work, the @i{Amd} variable @samp{$@{hostd@}} is used, 4684requiring that @samp{$@{domain@}} not be null. 4685 4686@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4687@node hesiod_base Parameter, karch Parameter, fully_qualified_hosts Parameter, Global Parameters 4688@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4689@subsection @t{hesiod_base} Parameter 4690@cindex hesiod_base Parameter 4691 4692(type=string, default=@samp{automount}). Specify the base name for 4693hesiod maps. 4694 4695@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4696@node karch Parameter, ldap_base Parameter, hesiod_base Parameter, Global Parameters 4697@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4698@subsection @t{karch} Parameter 4699@cindex karch Parameter 4700 4701(type=string, default to karch of the system). Same as the @code{-k} 4702option to @i{Amd}. Allows you to override the kernel-architecture of 4703your system. Useful for example on Sun (Sparc) machines, where you can 4704build one @i{Amd} binary, and run it on multiple machines, yet you want 4705each one to get the correct @i{karch} variable set (for example, sun4c, 4706sun4m, sun4u, etc.) Note that if not specified, @i{Amd} will use 4707@b{uname}(2) to figure out the kernel architecture of the machine. 4708 4709@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4710@node ldap_base Parameter, ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, karch Parameter, Global Parameters 4711@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4712@subsection @t{ldap_base} Parameter 4713@cindex ldap_base Parameter 4714 4715(type=string, default not set). 4716Specify the base name for LDAP. This often includes LDAP-specific 4717values such as country and organization. 4718 4719@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4720@node ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, ldap_base Parameter, Global Parameters 4721@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4722@subsection @t{ldap_cache_maxmem} Parameter 4723@cindex ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter 4724 4725(type=numeric, default=131072). Specify the maximum memory @i{Amd} 4726should use to cache LDAP entries. 4727 4728@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4729@node ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, ldap_hostports Parameter, ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter, Global Parameters 4730@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4731@subsection @t{ldap_cache_seconds} Parameter 4732@cindex ldap_cache_seconds Parameter 4733 4734(type=numeric, default=0). Specify the number of seconds to keep 4735entries in the cache. 4736 4737@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4738@node ldap_hostports Parameter, ldap_proto_version Parameter, ldap_cache_seconds Parameter, Global Parameters 4739@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4740@subsection @t{ldap_hostports} Parameter 4741@cindex ldap_hostports Parameter 4742 4743(type=string, default not set). 4744Specify the LDAP host and port values. 4745 4746@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4747@node ldap_proto_version Parameter, local_domain Parameter, ldap_hostports Parameter, Global Parameters 4748@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4749@subsection @t{ldap_proto_version} Parameter 4750@cindex ldap_proto_version Parameter 4751 4752(type=numeric, default=2). Specify the LDAP protocol version to use. 4753With a value of 3 will use LDAPv3 protocol. 4754 4755@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4756@node local_domain Parameter, localhost_address Parameter, ldap_proto_version Parameter, Global Parameters 4757@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4758@subsection @t{local_domain} Parameter 4759@cindex local_domain Parameter 4760 4761(type=string, default no sub-domain). Same as the @code{-d} option 4762to @i{Amd}. Specify the local domain name. If this option is not given 4763the domain name is determined from the hostname, by removing the first 4764component of the fully-qualified host name. 4765 4766@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4767@node localhost_address Parameter, log_file Parameter, local_domain Parameter, Global Parameters 4768@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4769@subsection @t{localhost_address} Parameter 4770@cindex localhost_address Parameter 4771 4772(type=string, default to localhost or 127.0.0.1). Specify the name or 4773IP address for @i{Amd} to use when connecting the sockets for the 4774local NFS server and the RPC server. This defaults to 127.0.0.1 or 4775whatever the host reports as its local address. This parameter is 4776useful on hosts with multiple addresses where you want to force 4777@i{Amd} to connect to a specific address. 4778 4779@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4780@node log_file Parameter, log_options Parameter, localhost_address Parameter, Global Parameters 4781@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4782@subsection @t{log_file} Parameter 4783@cindex log_file Parameter 4784 4785(type=string, default=@samp{stderr}). Same as the @code{-l} option to 4786@i{Amd}. Specify a file name to log @i{Amd} events to. 4787If the string @samp{/dev/stderr} is specified, 4788@i{Amd} will send its events to the standard error file descriptor. 4789 4790If the string @samp{syslog} is given, @i{Amd} will record its events 4791with the system logger @b{syslogd}(8). If your system supports syslog 4792facilities, then the default facility used is @samp{LOG_DAEMON}. 4793 4794When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its name 4795to the option name, delimited by a single colon. For example, if it is 4796the string @samp{syslog:local7} then @i{Amd} will log messages via 4797@b{syslog}(3) using the @samp{LOG_LOCAL7} facility. If the facility 4798name specified is not recognized, @i{Amd} will default to @samp{LOG_DAEMON}. 4799Note: while you can use any syslog facility available on your system, it 4800is generally a bad idea to use those reserved for other services such as 4801@samp{kern}, @samp{lpr}, @samp{cron}, etc. 4802 4803@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4804@node log_options Parameter, map_reload_interval Parameter, log_file Parameter, Global Parameters 4805@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4806@subsection @t{log_options} Parameter 4807@cindex log_options Parameter 4808 4809(type=string, default=``defaults''). Same as the @code{-x} 4810option to @i{Amd}. Specify any logging options for @i{Amd}. Options 4811are comma delimited, and can be preceded by the string @samp{no} to 4812negate their meaning. The @samp{debug} logging option is only available 4813if am-utils was configured with @code{--enable-debug}. You can get the 4814list of supported debugging options by running @code{amd -H}. Possible 4815values are: 4816 4817@table @samp 4818@item all 4819all messages 4820@item defaults 4821an alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info" 4822@item debug 4823debug messages 4824@item error 4825non-fatal system errors (cannot be turned off) 4826@item fatal 4827fatal errors (cannot be turned off) 4828@item info 4829information 4830@item map 4831map errors 4832@item stats 4833additional statistical information 4834@item user 4835non-fatal user errors 4836@item warn 4837warnings 4838@item warning 4839warnings 4840@end table 4841 4842@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4843@node map_reload_interval Parameter, nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter, log_options Parameter, Global Parameters 4844@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4845@subsection @t{map_reload_interval} Parameter 4846@cindex map_reload_interval Parameter 4847 4848(type=numeric, default=3600). The number of seconds that @i{Amd} will 4849wait before it checks to see if any maps have changed at their source 4850(NIS servers, LDAP servers, files, etc.). @i{Amd} will reload only 4851those maps that have changed. 4852 4853@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4854@node nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter, nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter, map_reload_interval Parameter, Global Parameters 4855@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4856@subsection @t{nfs_allow_any_interface} Parameter 4857@cindex nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter 4858 4859(type=string, default=@samp{no}). Normally @i{Amd} accepts local NFS 4860packets only from 127.0.0.1. If this parameter is set to @samp{yes}, 4861then @i{amd} will accept local NFS packets from any local interface; 4862this is useful on hosts that may have multiple interfaces where the 4863system is forced to send all outgoing packets (even those bound to the 4864same host) via an address other than 127.0.0.1. 4865 4866@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4867@node nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter, nfs_proto Parameter, nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter, Global Parameters 4868@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4869@subsection @t{nfs_allow_insecure_port} Parameter 4870@cindex nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter 4871 4872(type=string, default=@samp{no}). Normally @i{Amd} will refuse requests 4873coming from unprivileged ports (i.e., ports >= 1024 on Unix systems), 4874so that only privileged users and the kernel can send NFS requests to 4875it. However, some kernels (certain versions of Darwin, MacOS X, and 4876Linux) have bugs that cause them to use unprivileged ports in certain 4877situations, which causes @i{Amd} to stop dead in its tracks. This 4878parameter allows @i{Amd} to operate normally even on such systems, at the 4879expense of a slight decrease in the security of its operations. If 4880you see messages like ``ignoring request from foo:1234, port not 4881reserved'' in your @i{Amd} log, try enabling this parameter and give it 4882another go. 4883 4884@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4885@node nfs_proto Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter, Global Parameters 4886@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4887@subsection @t{nfs_proto} Parameter 4888@cindex nfs_proto Parameter 4889 4890(type=string, default to trying version tcp then udp). By default, 4891@i{Amd} tries @code{tcp} and then @code{udp}. This option forces the 4892overall NFS protocol used to TCP or UDP. It overrides what is in the 4893@i{Amd} maps, and is useful when @i{Amd} is compiled with TCP support 4894in NFSv2/NFSv3 that may not be stable. With this option you can turn 4895off the complete usage of TCP for NFS dynamically (without having to 4896recompile @i{Amd}), and use UDP only, until such time as TCP support 4897is desired again. 4898 4899@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4900@node nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter, nfs_proto Parameter, Global Parameters 4901@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4902@subsection @t{nfs_retransmit_counter} Parameter 4903@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter 4904 4905(type=numeric, default=11). Same as the @i{retransmit} part of the 4906@code{-t} @i{timeout.retransmit} option to @i{Amd}. Specifies the 4907number of NFS retransmissions that the kernel will use to communicate 4908with @i{Amd} using either UDP or TCP mounts. @xref{-t Option}. 4909 4910@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4911@node nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter, Global Parameters 4912@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4913@subsection @t{nfs_retransmit_counter_udp} Parameter 4914@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter 4915@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter 4916@cindex UDP 4917 4918(type=numeric, default=11). Same as the @i{nfs_retransmit_counter} 4919parameter, but applied globally only to UDP mounts. 4920@xref{nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter}. 4921 4922@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4923@node nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter, Global Parameters 4924@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4925@subsection @t{nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp} Parameter 4926@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter 4927@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter 4928@cindex TCP 4929 4930(type=numeric, default=11). Same as the @i{nfs_retransmit_counter} 4931parameter, but applied globally only to TCP mounts. 4932@xref{nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter}. 4933 4934@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4935@node nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter, nfs_retry_interval Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter, Global Parameters 4936@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4937@subsection @t{nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl} Parameter 4938@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter 4939@cindex nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter 4940@cindex UDP 4941 4942(type=numeric, default=11). Same as the @i{nfs_retransmit_counter} 4943parameter, applied only for @i{Amd}'s top-level UDP mounts. On some 4944systems it is useful to set this differently than the OS default, so 4945as to better tune @i{Amd}'s responsiveness under heavy scheduler 4946loads. @xref{nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter}. 4947 4948@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4949@node nfs_retry_interval Parameter, nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter, nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter, Global Parameters 4950@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4951@subsection @t{nfs_retry_interval} Parameter 4952@cindex nfs_retry_interval Parameter 4953 4954(type=numeric, default=8). Same as the @i{timeout} part of the 4955@code{-t} @i{timeout.retransmit} option to @i{Amd}. Specifies the NFS 4956timeout interval, in @emph{tenths} of seconds, between NFS/RPC retries 4957(for UDP or TCP). This is the value that the kernel will use to 4958communicate with @i{Amd}. @xref{-t Option}. 4959 4960@i{Amd} relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount 4961retries. The values of the @i{nfs_retransmit_counter} and the 4962@i{nfs_retry_interval} parameters change the overall retry interval. 4963Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too short an 4964interval causes excessive retries. 4965 4966@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4967@node nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter, nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter, nfs_retry_interval Parameter, Global Parameters 4968@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4969@subsection @t{nfs_retry_interval_udp} Parameter 4970@cindex nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter 4971@cindex nfs_retry_interval Parameter 4972@cindex UDP 4973 4974(type=numeric, default=8). Same as the @i{nfs_retry_interval} 4975parameter, but applied globally only to UDP mounts. 4976@xref{nfs_retry_interval Parameter}. 4977 4978@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4979@node nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter, nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter, nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter, Global Parameters 4980@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4981@subsection @t{nfs_retry_interval_tcp} Parameter 4982@cindex nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter 4983@cindex nfs_retry_interval Parameter 4984@cindex TCP 4985 4986(type=numeric, default=8). Same as the @i{nfs_retry_interval} 4987parameter, but applied globally only to TCP mounts. 4988@xref{nfs_retry_interval Parameter}. 4989 4990@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4991@node nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter, nfs_vers Parameter, nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter, Global Parameters 4992@comment node-name, next, previous, up 4993@subsection @t{nfs_retry_interval_toplvl} Parameter 4994@cindex nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter 4995@cindex nfs_retry_interval Parameter 4996@cindex UDP 4997 4998(type=numeric, default=8). Same as the @i{nfs_retry_interval} 4999parameter, applied only for @i{Amd}'s top-level UDP mounts. On some 5000systems it is useful to set this differently than the OS default, so 5001as to better tune @i{Amd}'s responsiveness under heavy scheduler 5002loads. @xref{nfs_retry_interval Parameter}. 5003 5004@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5005@node nfs_vers Parameter, nis_domain Parameter, nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter, Global Parameters 5006@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5007@subsection @t{nfs_vers} Parameter 5008@cindex nfs_vers Parameter 5009 5010(type=numeric, default to trying version 3 then 2). By default, 5011@i{Amd} tries version 3 and then version 2. This option forces the 5012overall NFS protocol used to version 3 or 2. It overrides what is in 5013the @i{Amd} maps, and is useful when @i{Amd} is compiled with NFSv3 5014support that may not be stable. With this option you can turn off the 5015complete usage of NFSv3 dynamically (without having to recompile 5016@i{Amd}), and use NFSv2 only, until such time as NFSv3 support is 5017desired again. 5018 5019@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5020@node nis_domain Parameter, normalize_hostnames Parameter, nfs_vers Parameter, Global Parameters 5021@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5022@subsection @t{nis_domain} Parameter 5023@cindex nis_domain Parameter 5024 5025(type=string, default to local NIS domain name). Same as the 5026@code{-y} option to @i{Amd}. Specify an alternative NIS domain from 5027which to fetch the NIS maps. The default is the system domain name. 5028This option is ignored if NIS support is not available. 5029 5030@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5031@node normalize_hostnames Parameter, normalize_slashes Parameter, nis_domain Parameter, Global Parameters 5032@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5033@subsection @t{normalize_hostnames} Parameter 5034@cindex normalize_hostnames Parameter 5035 5036(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). Same as the @code{-n} option to @i{Amd}. 5037If @samp{yes}, then the name referred to by @code{$@{rhost@}} is normalized 5038relative to the host database before being used. The effect is to 5039translate aliases into ``official'' names. 5040 5041@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5042@node normalize_slashes Parameter, os Parameter, normalize_hostnames Parameter, Global Parameters 5043@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5044@subsection @t{normalize_slashes} Parameter 5045@cindex normalize_slashes Parameter 5046 5047(type=boolean, default=@samp{yes}). If @samp{yes} then amd will 5048condense all multiple @code{/} (slash) characters into one and remove 5049all trailing slashes. If @samp{no}, then amd will not touch strings 5050that may contain repeated or trailing slashes. The latter is 5051sometimes useful with SMB mounts, which often require multiple slash 5052characters in pathnames. 5053 5054@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5055@node os Parameter, osver Parameter, normalize_slashes Parameter, Global Parameters 5056@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5057@subsection @t{os} Parameter 5058@cindex os Parameter 5059 5060(type=string, default to compiled in value). Same as the @code{-O} 5061option to @i{Amd}. Allows you to override the compiled-in name of the 5062operating system. Useful when the built-in name is not desired for 5063backward compatibility reasons. For example, if the built-in name is 5064@samp{sunos5}, you can override it to @samp{sos5}, and use older maps 5065which were written with the latter in mind. 5066 5067 5068@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5069@node osver Parameter, pid_file Parameter, os Parameter, Global Parameters 5070@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5071@subsection @t{osver} Parameter 5072@cindex osver Parameter 5073 5074(type=string, default to compiled in value). Same as the @code{-o} 5075option to @i{Amd}. Allows you to override the compiled-in version 5076number of the operating system. Useful when the built-in version is not 5077desired for backward compatibility reasons. For example, if the build 5078in version is @samp{2.5.1}, you can override it to @samp{5.5.1}, and use 5079older maps that were written with the latter in mind. 5080 5081@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5082@node pid_file Parameter, plock Parameter, osver Parameter, Global Parameters 5083@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5084@subsection @t{pid_file} Parameter 5085@cindex pid_file Parameter 5086 5087(type=string, default=@samp{/dev/stdout}). Specify a file to store the process 5088ID of the running daemon into. If not specified, @i{Amd} will print its 5089process id onto the standard output. Useful for killing @i{Amd} after 5090it had run. Note that the PID of a running @i{Amd} can also be 5091retrieved via @i{Amq} (@pxref{Amq -p option}). 5092 5093This file is used only if the @samp{print_pid} option is on 5094(@pxref{print_pid Parameter}). 5095 5096@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5097@node plock Parameter, portmap_program Parameter, pid_file Parameter, Global Parameters 5098@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5099@subsection @t{plock} Parameter 5100@cindex plock Parameter 5101 5102(type=boolean, default=@samp{yes}). Same as the @code{-S} option to @i{Amd}. 5103If @samp{yes}, lock the running executable pages of @i{Amd} into memory. 5104To improve @i{Amd}'s performance, systems that support the @b{plock}(3) 5105or @b{mlockall}(2) 5106call can lock the @i{Amd} process into memory. This way there is less 5107chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the 5108@i{Amd} process as needed. This improves @i{Amd}'s performance, at the 5109cost of reserving the memory used by the @i{Amd} process (making it 5110unavailable for other processes). 5111 5112@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5113@node portmap_program Parameter, preferred_amq_port Parameter, plock Parameter, Global Parameters 5114@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5115@subsection @t{portmap_program} Parameter 5116@cindex portmap_program Parameter 5117 5118(type=numeric, default=300019). Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC 5119program number, other than the official number. This is useful when 5120running multiple @i{Amd} processes. For example, you can run another 5121@i{Amd} in ``test'' mode, without affecting the primary @i{Amd} process 5122in any way. For safety reasons, the alternate program numbers that can 5123be specified must be in the range 300019-300029, inclusive. @i{Amq} has 5124an option @code{-P} which can be used to specify an alternate program 5125number of an @i{Amd} to contact. In this way, amq can fully control any 5126number of @i{Amd} processes running on the same host. 5127 5128@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5129@node preferred_amq_port Parameter, print_pid Parameter, portmap_program Parameter, Global Parameters 5130@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5131@subsection @t{preferred_amq_port} Parameter 5132@cindex preferred_amq_port Parameter 5133 5134(type=numeric, default=0). Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC port 5135number for @i{Amd}'s @i{Amq} service. This is used for both UDP and 5136TCP. Setting this value to 0 (or not defining it) will cause @i{Amd} 5137to select an arbitrary port number. Setting the @i{Amq} RPC service 5138port to a specific number is useful in firewalled or NAT'ed 5139environments, where you need to know which port @i{Amd} will listen 5140on. 5141 5142@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5143@node print_pid Parameter, print_version Parameter, preferred_amq_port Parameter, Global Parameters 5144@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5145@subsection @t{print_pid} Parameter 5146@cindex print_pid Parameter 5147 5148(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). Same as the @code{-p} option to @i{Amd}. 5149If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} will print its process ID upon starting. 5150 5151@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5152@node print_version Parameter, restart_mounts Parameter, print_pid Parameter, Global Parameters 5153@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5154@subsection @t{print_version} Parameter 5155@cindex print_version Parameter 5156 5157(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). Same as the @code{-v} option to @i{Amd}, 5158but the version prints and @i{Amd} continues to run. If @samp{yes}, @i{Amd} 5159will print its version information string, which includes some 5160configuration and compilation values. 5161 5162@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5163@node restart_mounts Parameter, show_statfs_entries Parameter, print_version Parameter, Global Parameters 5164@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5165@subsection @t{restart_mounts} Parameter 5166@cindex restart_mounts Parameter 5167 5168(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). Same as the @code{-r} option to @i{Amd}. 5169If @samp{yes} @i{Amd} will scan the mount table to determine which file 5170systems are currently mounted. Whenever one of these would have been 5171auto-mounted, @i{Amd} inherits it. 5172 5173@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5174@node show_statfs_entries Parameter, truncate_log Parameter, restart_mounts Parameter, Global Parameters 5175@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5176@subsection @t{show_statfs_entries} Parameter 5177@cindex show_statfs_entries Parameter 5178 5179(type=boolean), default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, then all maps which are 5180browsable will also show the number of entries (keys) they have when 5181@b{df}(1) runs. (This is accomplished by returning non-zero values to 5182the @b{statfs}(2) system call). 5183 5184@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5185@node truncate_log Parameter, unmount_on_exit Parameter, show_statfs_entries Parameter, Global Parameters 5186@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5187@subsection @t{truncate_log} Parameter 5188@cindex truncate_log Parameter 5189 5190(type=boolean), default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd} will 5191truncate the log file (if it's a regular file) on startup. This could 5192be useful when conducting extensive testing on @i{Amd} maps (or 5193@i{Amd} itself) and you don't want to see log data from a previous run 5194in the same file. 5195 5196@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5197@node unmount_on_exit Parameter, use_tcpwrappers Parameter, truncate_log Parameter, Global Parameters 5198@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5199@subsection @t{unmount_on_exit} Parameter 5200@cindex unmount_on_exit Parameter 5201 5202(type=boolean, default=@samp{no}). If @samp{yes}, then @i{Amd} will attempt 5203to unmount all file systems which it knows about. Normally it leaves 5204all (esp. NFS) mounted file systems intact. Note that @i{Amd} does not 5205know about file systems mounted before it starts up, unless the 5206@samp{restart_mounts} option is used (@pxref{restart_mounts Parameter}). 5207 5208@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5209@node use_tcpwrappers Parameter, vendor Parameter, unmount_on_exit Parameter, Global Parameters 5210@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5211@subsection @t{use_tcpwrappers} Parameter 5212@cindex use_tcpwrappers Parameter 5213 5214(type=boolean), default=@samp{yes}). If @samp{yes}, then amd will use 5215the tcpwrappers (tcpd/librwap) library (if available) to control 5216access to @i{Amd} via the @code{/etc/hosts.allow} and 5217@code{/etc/hosts.deny} files. @i{Amd} will verify that the host 5218running @i{Amq} is authorized to connect. The @code{amd} service name 5219must used in the @code{/etc/hosts.allow} and @code{/etc/hosts.deny} 5220files. For example, to allow only localhost to connect to @i{Amd}, 5221add this line to @code{/etc/hosts.allow}: 5222 5223@example 5224amd: localhost 5225@end example 5226 5227and this line to @code{/etc/hosts.deny}: 5228 5229@example 5230amd: ALL 5231@end example 5232 5233Consult the man pages for @b{hosts_access}(5) for more information on using 5234the tcpwrappers access-control library. 5235 5236Note that in particular, you should not configure your @code{hosts.allow} 5237file to spawn a command for @i{Amd}: that will cause @i{Amd} to not be able 5238to @code{waitpid} on the child process ID of any background un/mount that 5239@i{Amd} issued, resulting in a confused @i{Amd} that does not know what 5240happened to those background un/mount requests. 5241 5242@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5243@node vendor Parameter, , use_tcpwrappers Parameter, Global Parameters 5244@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5245@subsection @t{vendor} Parameter 5246@cindex vendor Parameter 5247 5248(type=string, default to compiled in value). The name of the vendor of 5249the operating system. Overrides the compiled-in vendor name. Useful 5250when the compiled-in name is not desired. For example, most Intel based 5251systems set the vendor name to @samp{unknown}, but you can set it to 5252@samp{redhat}. 5253 5254@c ================================================================ 5255@node Regular Map Parameters, amd.conf Examples, Global Parameters, Amd Configuration File 5256@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5257@section Regular Map Parameters 5258@cindex amd.conf regular map parameters 5259 5260The following parameters are applicable only to regular map sections. 5261 5262@menu 5263* map_name Parameter:: 5264* tag Parameter:: 5265@end menu 5266 5267@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5268@node map_name Parameter, tag Parameter, Regular Map Parameters, Regular Map Parameters 5269@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5270@subsection map_name Parameter 5271@cindex map_name Parameter 5272 5273(type=string, must be specified). Name of the map where the keys are 5274located. 5275 5276@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5277@node tag Parameter, , map_name Parameter, Regular Map Parameters 5278@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5279@subsection tag Parameter 5280@cindex tag Parameter 5281 5282(type=string, default no tag). Each map entry in the configuration file 5283can be tagged. If no tag is specified, that map section will always be 5284processed by @i{Amd}. If it is specified, then @i{Amd} will process the map 5285if the @code{-T} option was given to @i{Amd}, and the value given to that 5286command-line option matches that in the map section. 5287 5288@c ================================================================ 5289@node amd.conf Examples, , Regular Map Parameters, Amd Configuration File 5290@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5291@section amd.conf Examples 5292@cindex amd.conf examples 5293 5294The following is the actual @code{amd.conf} file I used at the 5295Computer Science Department of Columbia University. 5296 5297@example 5298# GLOBAL OPTIONS SECTION 5299[ global ] 5300normalize_hostnames = no 5301print_pid = no 5302#pid_file = /var/run/amd.pid 5303restart_mounts = yes 5304#unmount_on_exit = yes 5305auto_dir = /n 5306log_file = /var/log/amd 5307log_options = all 5308#debug_options = defaults 5309plock = no 5310selectors_in_defaults = yes 5311# config.guess picks up "sunos5" and I don't want to edit my maps yet 5312os = sos5 5313# if you print_version after setting up "os", it will show it. 5314print_version = no 5315map_type = file 5316search_path = /etc/amdmaps:/usr/lib/amd:/usr/local/AMD/lib 5317browsable_dirs = yes 5318fully_qualified_hosts = no 5319 5320# DEFINE AN AMD MOUNT POINT 5321[ /u ] 5322map_name = amd.u 5323 5324[ /proj ] 5325map_name = amd.proj 5326 5327[ /src ] 5328map_name = amd.src 5329 5330[ /misc ] 5331map_name = amd.misc 5332 5333[ /import ] 5334map_name = amd.import 5335 5336[ /tftpboot/.amd ] 5337tag = tftpboot 5338map_name = amd.tftpboot 5339@end example 5340 5341@c ################################################################ 5342@node Run-time Administration, FSinfo, Amd Configuration File, Top 5343@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5344@chapter Run-time Administration 5345@cindex Run-time administration 5346@cindex Amq command 5347 5348@menu 5349* Starting Amd:: 5350* Stopping Amd:: 5351* Restarting Amd:: 5352* Controlling Amd:: 5353@end menu 5354 5355@node Starting Amd, Stopping Amd, Run-time Administration, Run-time Administration 5356@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5357@section Starting @i{Amd} 5358@cindex Starting Amd 5359@cindex Additions to /etc/rc.local 5360@cindex /etc/rc.local additions 5361@cindex ctl-amd 5362 5363@i{Amd} is best started from @samp{/etc/rc.local} on BSD systems, or 5364from the appropriate start-level script in @samp{/etc/init.d} on System V 5365systems. 5366 5367@example 5368if [ -f /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd ]; then 5369 /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd start; (echo -n ' amd') > /dev/console 5370fi 5371@end example 5372 5373@noindent 5374The shell script, @samp{ctl-amd} is used to start, stop, or restart 5375@i{Amd}. It is a relatively generic script. All options you want to 5376set should not be made in this script, but rather updated in the 5377@file{amd.conf} file. @xref{Amd Configuration File}. 5378 5379If you do not wish to use an @i{Amd} configuration file, you may start 5380@i{Amd} manually. For example, getting the map entries via NIS: 5381 5382@example 5383amd -r -l /var/log/amd `ypcat -k auto.master` 5384@end example 5385 5386@node Stopping Amd, Restarting Amd, Starting Amd, Run-time Administration 5387@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5388@section Stopping @i{Amd} 5389@cindex Stopping Amd 5390@cindex SIGTERM signal 5391@cindex SIGINT signal 5392 5393@i{Amd} stops in response to two signals. 5394 5395@table @samp 5396@item SIGTERM 5397causes the top-level automount points to be unmounted and then @i{Amd} 5398to exit. Any automounted filesystems are left mounted. They can be 5399recovered by restarting @i{Amd} with the @code{-r} command line option.@refill 5400 5401@item SIGINT 5402causes @i{Amd} to attempt to unmount any filesystems which it has 5403automounted, in addition to the actions of @samp{SIGTERM}. This signal 5404is primarily used for debugging.@refill 5405@end table 5406 5407Actions taken for other signals are undefined. 5408 5409The easiest and safest way to stop @i{Amd}, without having to find its 5410process ID by hand, is to use the @file{ctl-amd} script, as with: 5411 5412@example 5413ctl-amd stop 5414@end example 5415 5416@node Restarting Amd, Controlling Amd, Stopping Amd, Run-time Administration 5417@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5418@section Restarting @i{Amd} 5419@cindex Restarting Amd 5420@cindex Killing and starting Amd 5421 5422Before @i{Amd} can be started, it is vital to ensure that no other 5423@i{Amd} processes are managing any of the mount points, and that the 5424previous process(es) have terminated cleanly. When a terminating signal 5425is set to @i{Amd}, the automounter does @emph{not} terminate right then. 5426Rather, it starts by unmounting all of its managed mount mounts in the 5427background, and then terminates. It usually takes a few seconds for 5428this process to happen, but it can take an arbitrarily longer time. If 5429two or more @i{Amd} processes attempt to manage the same mount point, it 5430usually will result in a system lockup. 5431 5432The easiest and safest way to restart @i{Amd}, without having to find 5433its process ID by hand, sending it the @samp{SIGTERM} signal, waiting for @i{Amd} 5434to die cleanly, and verifying so, is to use the @file{ctl-amd} script, 5435as with: 5436 5437@example 5438ctl-amd restart 5439@end example 5440 5441The script will locate the process ID of @i{Amd}, kill it, and wait for 5442it to die cleanly before starting a new instance of the automounter. 5443@file{ctl-amd} will wait for a total of 30 seconds for @i{Amd} to die, 5444and will check once every 5 seconds if it had. 5445 5446@node Controlling Amd, , Restarting Amd, Run-time Administration 5447@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5448@section Controlling @i{Amd} 5449@cindex Controlling Amd 5450@cindex Discovering what is going on at run-time 5451@cindex Listing currently mounted filesystems 5452 5453It is sometimes desirable or necessary to exercise external control 5454over some of @i{Amd}'s internal state. To support this requirement, 5455@i{Amd} implements an RPC interface which is used by the @dfn{Amq} program. 5456A variety of information is available. 5457 5458@i{Amq} generally applies an operation, specified by a single letter option, 5459to a list of mount points. The default operation is to obtain statistics 5460about each mount point. This is similar to the output shown above 5461but includes information about the number and type of accesses to each 5462mount point. 5463 5464@menu 5465* Amq default:: Default command behavior. 5466* Amq -f option:: Flushing the map cache. 5467* Amq -h option:: Controlling a non-local host. 5468* Amq -H option:: Print help message. 5469* Amq -l option:: Controlling the log file. 5470* Amq -m option:: Obtaining mount statistics. 5471* Amq -p option:: Getting Amd's process ID. 5472* Amq -P option:: Contacting alternate Amd processes. 5473* Amq -s option:: Obtaining global statistics. 5474* Amq -T option:: Use TCP transport. 5475* Amq -U option:: Use UDP transport. 5476* Amq -u option:: Forcing volumes to time out. 5477* Amq -v option:: Version information. 5478* Amq -w option:: Print Amd current working directory. 5479* Other Amq options:: Three other special options. 5480@end menu 5481 5482@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5483@node Amq default, Amq -f option, Controlling Amd, Controlling Amd 5484@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5485@subsection @i{Amq} default information 5486 5487With no arguments, @dfn{Amq} obtains a brief list of all existing 5488mounts created by @i{Amd}. This is different from the list displayed by 5489@b{df}(1) since the latter only includes system mount points. 5490 5491@noindent 5492The output from this option includes the following information: 5493 5494@itemize @bullet 5495@item 5496the automount point, 5497@item 5498the filesystem type, 5499@item 5500the mount map or mount information, 5501@item 5502the internal, or system mount point. 5503@end itemize 5504 5505@noindent 5506For example: 5507 5508@example 5509/ root "root" sky:(pid75) 5510/homes toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.homes /homes 5511/home toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.home /home 5512/homes/jsp nfs charm:/home/charm /a/charm/home/charm/jsp 5513/homes/phjk nfs toytown:/home/toytown /a/toytown/home/toytown/ai/phjk 5514@end example 5515 5516@noindent 5517If an argument is given then statistics for that volume name will 5518be output. For example: 5519 5520@example 5521What Uid Getattr Lookup RdDir RdLnk Statfs Mounted@@ 5522/homes 0 1196 512 22 0 30 90/09/14 12:32:55 5523/homes/jsp 0 0 0 0 1180 0 90/10/13 12:56:58 5524@end example 5525 5526@table @code 5527@item What 5528the volume name. 5529 5530@item Uid 5531ignored. 5532 5533@item Getattr 5534the count of NFS @dfn{getattr} requests on this node. This should only be 5535non-zero for directory nodes. 5536 5537@item Lookup 5538the count of NFS @dfn{lookup} requests on this node. This should only be 5539non-zero for directory nodes. 5540 5541@item RdDir 5542the count of NFS @dfn{readdir} requests on this node. This should only 5543be non-zero for directory nodes. 5544 5545@item RdLnk 5546the count of NFS @dfn{readlink} requests on this node. This should be 5547zero for directory nodes. 5548 5549@item Statfs 5550the count of NFS @dfn{statfs} requests on this node. This should only 5551be non-zero for top-level automount points. 5552 5553@item Mounted@@ 5554the date and time the volume name was first referenced. 5555@end table 5556 5557@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5558@node Amq -f option, Amq -h option, Amq default, Controlling Amd 5559@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5560@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-f} option 5561@cindex Flushing the map cache 5562@cindex Map cache, flushing 5563 5564The @code{-f} option causes @i{Amd} to flush the internal mount map cache. 5565This is useful for example in Hesiod maps since @i{Amd} will not 5566automatically notice when they have been updated. The map cache can 5567also be synchronized with the map source by using the @samp{sync} option 5568(@pxref{Automount Filesystem}).@refill 5569 5570@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5571@node Amq -h option, Amq -H option, Amq -f option, Controlling Amd 5572@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5573@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-h} option 5574@cindex Querying an alternate host 5575 5576By default the local host is used. In an HP-UX cluster the root server 5577is used since that is the only place in the cluster where @i{Amd} will 5578be running. To query @i{Amd} on another host the @code{-h} option should 5579be used. 5580 5581@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5582@node Amq -H option, Amq -l option, Amq -h option, Controlling Amd 5583@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5584@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-H} option 5585@cindex Displaying brief help 5586@cindex Help; showing from Amq 5587 5588Print a brief help and usage string. 5589 5590@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5591@node Amq -l option, Amq -m option, Amq -H option, Controlling Amd 5592@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5593@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-l} option 5594@cindex Resetting the Amd log file 5595@cindex Setting the Amd log file via Amq 5596@cindex Log file, resetting 5597 5598Tell @i{Amd} to use @i{log_file} as the log file name. For security 5599reasons, this @emph{must} be the same log file which @i{Amd} used when 5600started. This option is therefore only useful to refresh @i{Amd}'s open 5601file handle on the log file, so that it can be rotated and compressed 5602via daily cron jobs. 5603 5604@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5605@node Amq -m option, Amq -p option, Amq -l option, Controlling Amd 5606@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5607@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-m} option 5608 5609The @code{-m} option displays similar information about mounted 5610filesystems, rather than automount points. The output includes the 5611following information: 5612 5613@itemize @bullet 5614@item 5615the mount information, 5616@item 5617the mount point, 5618@item 5619the filesystem type, 5620@item 5621the number of references to this filesystem, 5622@item 5623the server hostname, 5624@item 5625the state of the file server, 5626@item 5627any error which has occurred. 5628@end itemize 5629 5630For example: 5631 5632@example 5633"root" truth:(pid602) root 1 localhost is up 5634hesiod.home /home toplvl 1 localhost is up 5635hesiod.vol /vol toplvl 1 localhost is up 5636hesiod.homes /homes toplvl 1 localhost is up 5637amy:/home/amy /a/amy/home/amy nfs 5 amy is up 5638swan:/home/swan /a/swan/home/swan nfs 0 swan is up (Permission denied) 5639ex:/home/ex /a/ex/home/ex nfs 0 ex is down 5640@end example 5641 5642When the reference count is zero the filesystem is not mounted but 5643the mount point and server information is still being maintained 5644by @i{Amd}. 5645 5646@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5647@ignore 5648@comment Retained for future consideration: from the description of the 5649@comment amq -M option removed in amd 6.0.5. 5650 5651A future release of @i{Amd} will include code to allow the @b{mount}(8) 5652command to mount automount points: 5653 5654@example 5655mount -t amd /vol hesiod.vol 5656@end example 5657 5658This will then allow @i{Amd} to be controlled from the standard system 5659filesystem mount list. 5660 5661@end ignore 5662 5663@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5664@node Amq -p option, Amq -P option, Amq -m option, Controlling Amd 5665@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5666@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-p} option 5667@cindex Process ID; Amd 5668@cindex Amd's process ID 5669@cindex Amd's PID 5670@cindex PID; Amd 5671 5672Return the process ID of the remote or locally running @i{Amd}. Useful 5673when you need to send a signal to the local @i{Amd} process, and would 5674rather not have to search through the process table. This option is 5675used in the @file{ctl-amd} script. 5676 5677@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5678@node Amq -P option, Amq -s option, Amq -p option, Controlling Amd 5679@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5680@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-P} option 5681@cindex Multiple Amd processes 5682@cindex Running multiple Amd 5683@cindex Debugging a new Amd configuration 5684@cindex RPC Program numbers; Amd 5685 5686Contact an alternate running @i{Amd} that had registered itself on a 5687different RPC @var{program_number} and apply all other operations to 5688that instance of the automounter. This is useful when you run multiple 5689copies of @i{Amd}, and need to manage each one separately. If not 5690specified, @i{Amq} will use the default program number for @i{Amd}, 300019. 5691For security reasons, the only alternate program numbers @i{Amd} can use 5692range from 300019 to 300029, inclusive. 5693 5694For example, to kill an alternate running @i{Amd}: 5695 5696@example 5697kill `amq -p -P 300020` 5698@end example 5699 5700@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5701@node Amq -s option, Amq -T option, Amq -P option, Controlling Amd 5702@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5703@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-s} option 5704@cindex Global statistics 5705@cindex Statistics 5706 5707The @code{-s} option displays global statistics. If any other options are specified 5708or any filesystems named then this option is ignored. For example: 5709 5710@example 5711requests stale mount mount unmount 5712deferred fhandles ok failed failed 57131054 1 487 290 7017 5714@end example 5715 5716@table @samp 5717@item Deferred requests 5718are those for which an immediate reply could not be constructed. For 5719example, this would happen if a background mount was required. 5720 5721@item Stale filehandles 5722counts the number of times the kernel passes a stale filehandle to @i{Amd}. 5723Large numbers indicate problems. 5724 5725@item Mount ok 5726counts the number of automounts which were successful. 5727 5728@item Mount failed 5729counts the number of automounts which failed. 5730 5731@item Unmount failed 5732counts the number of times a filesystem could not be unmounted. Very 5733large numbers here indicate that the time between unmount attempts 5734should be increased. 5735@end table 5736 5737@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5738@node Amq -T option, Amq -U option, Amq -s option, Controlling Amd 5739@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5740@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-T} option 5741@cindex Forcing Amq to use a TCP transport 5742@cindex TCP; using with Amq 5743 5744The @code{-T} option causes the @i{Amq} to contact @i{Amd} using the TCP 5745transport only (connection oriented). Normally, @i{Amq} will use TCP 5746first, and if that failed, will try UDP. 5747 5748@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5749@node Amq -U option, Amq -u option, Amq -T option, Controlling Amd 5750@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5751@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-U} option 5752@cindex Forcing Amq to use a UDP transport 5753@cindex UDP; using with Amq 5754 5755The @code{-U} option causes the @i{Amq} to contact @i{Amd} using the UDP 5756transport only (connectionless). Normally, @i{Amq} will use TCP first, 5757and if that failed, will try UDP. 5758 5759@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5760@node Amq -u option, Amq -v option, Amq -U option, Controlling Amd 5761@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5762@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-u} option 5763@cindex Forcing filesystem to time out 5764@cindex Unmounting a filesystem 5765 5766The @code{-u} option causes the time-to-live interval of the named mount 5767points to be expired, thus causing an unmount attempt. This is the only 5768safe way to unmount an automounted filesystem. It is not possible to 5769unmount a filesystem which has been mounted with the @samp{nounmount} 5770flag. 5771 5772@c The @code{-H} option informs @i{Amd} that the specified mount point 5773@c has hung - as if its keepalive timer had expired. 5774 5775@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5776@node Amq -v option, Amq -w option, Amq -u option, Controlling Amd 5777@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5778@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-v} option 5779@cindex Version information at run-time 5780 5781The @code{-v} option displays the version of @i{Amd} in a similar way to 5782@i{Amd}'s @code{-v} option. 5783 5784@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5785@node Amq -w option, Other Amq options, Amq -v option, Controlling Amd 5786@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5787@subsection @i{Amq} @code{-w} option 5788@cindex Getting real working directory 5789 5790The @code{-w} option translates a full pathname as returned by 5791@b{getpwd}(3) into a short @i{Amd} pathname that goes through its mount 5792points. This option requires that @i{Amd} is running. 5793 5794@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 5795@node Other Amq options, , Amq -w option, Controlling Amd 5796@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5797@subsection Other @i{Amq} options 5798@cindex Logging options via Amq 5799@cindex Debugging options via Amq 5800 5801Two other operations are implemented. These modify the state of @i{Amd} 5802as a whole, rather than any particular filesystem. The @code{-x} and 5803@code{-D} options have exactly the same effect as @i{Amd}'s corresponding 5804command line options. 5805 5806When @i{Amd} receives the @code{-x} flag, it disallows turning off the 5807@samp{fatal} or @samp{error} flags. Both are on by default. They are 5808mandatory so that @i{Amd} could report important errors, including 5809errors relating to turning flags on/off. 5810 5811@c ################################################################ 5812@node FSinfo, Hlfsd, Run-time Administration, Top 5813@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5814@chapter FSinfo 5815@cindex FSinfo 5816@cindex Filesystem info package 5817 5818XXX: this chapter should be reviewed by someone knowledgeable with 5819fsinfo. 5820 5821@menu 5822* FSinfo Overview:: Introduction to FSinfo. 5823* Using FSinfo:: Basic concepts. 5824* FSinfo Grammar:: Language syntax, semantics and examples. 5825* FSinfo host definitions:: Defining a new host. 5826* FSinfo host attributes:: Definable host attributes. 5827* FSinfo filesystems:: Defining locally attached filesystems. 5828* FSinfo static mounts:: Defining additional static mounts. 5829* FSinfo automount definitions:: 5830* FSinfo Command Line Options:: 5831* FSinfo errors:: 5832@end menu 5833 5834@node FSinfo Overview, Using FSinfo, FSinfo, FSinfo 5835@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5836@section @i{FSinfo} overview 5837@cindex FSinfo overview 5838 5839@i{FSinfo} is a filesystem management tool. It has been designed to 5840work with @i{Amd} to help system administrators keep track of the ever 5841increasing filesystem namespace under their control. 5842 5843The purpose of @i{FSinfo} is to generate all the important standard 5844filesystem data files from a single set of input data. Starting with a 5845single data source guarantees that all the generated files are 5846self-consistent. One of the possible output data formats is a set of 5847@i{Amd} maps which can be used among the set of hosts described in the 5848input data. 5849 5850@i{FSinfo} implements a declarative language. This language is 5851specifically designed for describing filesystem namespace and physical 5852layouts. The basic declaration defines a mounted filesystem including 5853its device name, mount point, and all the volumes and access 5854permissions. @i{FSinfo} reads this information and builds an internal 5855map of the entire network of hosts. Using this map, many different data 5856formats can be produced including @file{/etc/fstab}, 5857@file{/etc/exports}, @i{Amd} mount maps and 5858@file{/etc/bootparams}.@refill 5859 5860@node Using FSinfo, FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo Overview, FSinfo 5861@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5862@section Using @i{FSinfo} 5863@cindex Using FSinfo 5864 5865The basic strategy when using @i{FSinfo} is to gather all the 5866information about all disks on all machines into one set of 5867declarations. For each machine being managed, the following data is 5868required: 5869 5870@itemize @bullet 5871@item 5872Hostname 5873@item 5874List of all filesystems and, optionally, their mount points. 5875@item 5876Names of volumes stored on each filesystem. 5877@item 5878NFS export information for each volume. 5879@item 5880The list of static filesystem mounts. 5881@end itemize 5882 5883The following information can also be entered into the same 5884configuration files so that all data can be kept in one place. 5885 5886@itemize @bullet 5887@item 5888List of network interfaces 5889@item 5890IP address of each interface 5891@item 5892Hardware address of each interface 5893@item 5894Dumpset to which each filesystem belongs 5895@item 5896and more @dots{} 5897@end itemize 5898 5899To generate @i{Amd} mount maps, the automount tree must also be defined 5900(@pxref{FSinfo automount definitions}). This will have been designed at 5901the time the volume names were allocated. Some volume names will not be 5902automounted, so @i{FSinfo} needs an explicit list of which volumes 5903should be automounted.@refill 5904 5905Hostnames are required at several places in the @i{FSinfo} language. It 5906is important to stick to either fully qualified names or unqualified 5907names. Using a mixture of the two will inevitably result in confusion. 5908 5909Sometimes volumes need to be referenced which are not defined in the set 5910of hosts being managed with @i{FSinfo}. The required action is to add a 5911dummy set of definitions for the host and volume names required. Since 5912the files generated for those particular hosts will not be used on them, 5913the exact values used is not critical. 5914 5915@node FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo host definitions, Using FSinfo, FSinfo 5916@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5917@section @i{FSinfo} grammar 5918@cindex FSinfo grammar 5919@cindex Grammar, FSinfo 5920 5921@i{FSinfo} has a relatively simple grammar. Distinct syntactic 5922constructs exist for each of the different types of data, though they 5923share a common flavor. Several conventions are used in the grammar 5924fragments below. 5925 5926The notation, @i{list(}@t{xxx}@i{)}, indicates a list of zero or more 5927@t{xxx}'s. The notation, @i{opt(}@t{xxx}@i{)}, indicates zero or one 5928@t{xxx}. Items in double quotes, @i{eg} @t{"host"}, represent input 5929tokens. Items in angle brackets, @i{eg} @var{<hostname>}, represent 5930strings in the input. Strings need not be in double quotes, except to 5931differentiate them from reserved words. Quoted strings may include the 5932usual set of C ``@t{\}'' escape sequences with one exception: a 5933backslash-newline-whitespace sequence is squashed into a single space 5934character. To defeat this feature, put a further backslash at the start 5935of the second line. 5936 5937At the outermost level of the grammar, the input consists of a 5938sequence of host and automount declarations. These declarations are 5939all parsed before they are analyzed. This means they can appear in 5940any order and cyclic host references are possible. 5941 5942@example 5943fsinfo : @i{list(}fsinfo_attr@i{)} ; 5944 5945fsinfo_attr : host | automount ; 5946@end example 5947 5948@menu 5949* FSinfo host definitions:: 5950* FSinfo automount definitions:: 5951@end menu 5952 5953@node FSinfo host definitions, FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo Grammar, FSinfo 5954@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5955@section @i{FSinfo} host definitions 5956@cindex FSinfo host definitions 5957@cindex Defining a host, FSinfo 5958 5959A host declaration consists of three parts: a set of machine attribute 5960data, a list of filesystems physically attached to the machine, and a 5961list of additional statically mounted filesystems. 5962 5963@example 5964host : "host" host_data @i{list(}filesystem@i{@i{)}} @i{list(}mount@i{@i{)}} ; 5965@end example 5966 5967Each host must be declared in this way exactly once. Such things as the 5968hardware address, the architecture and operating system types and the 5969cluster name are all specified within the @dfn{host data}. 5970 5971All the disks the machine has should then be described in the @dfn{list 5972of filesystems}. When describing disks, you can specify what 5973@dfn{volname} the disk/partition should have and all such entries are 5974built up into a dictionary which can then be used for building the 5975automounter maps. 5976 5977The @dfn{list of mounts} specifies all the filesystems that should be 5978statically mounted on the machine. 5979 5980@menu 5981* FSinfo host attributes:: 5982* FSinfo filesystems:: 5983* FSinfo static mounts:: 5984@end menu 5985 5986@node FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo host definitions , FSinfo host definitions 5987@comment node-name, next, previous, up 5988@section @i{FSinfo} host attributes 5989@cindex FSinfo host attributes 5990@cindex Defining host attributes, FSinfo 5991 5992The host data, @dfn{host_data}, always includes the @dfn{hostname}. In 5993addition, several other host attributes can be given. 5994 5995@example 5996host_data : @var{<hostname>} 5997 | "@{" @i{list(}host_attrs@i{)} "@}" @var{<hostname>} 5998 ; 5999 6000host_attrs : host_attr "=" @var{<string>} 6001 | netif 6002 ; 6003 6004host_attr : "config" 6005 | "arch" 6006 | "os" 6007 | "cluster" 6008 ; 6009@end example 6010 6011The @dfn{hostname} is, typically, the fully qualified hostname of the 6012machine. 6013 6014Examples: 6015 6016@example 6017host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk 6018 6019host @{ 6020 os = hpux 6021 arch = hp300 6022@} dougal.doc.ic.ac.uk 6023@end example 6024 6025The options that can be given as host attributes are shown below. 6026 6027@menu 6028* FSinfo netif Option:: FSinfo host netif. 6029* FSinfo config Option:: FSinfo host config. 6030* FSinfo arch Option:: FSinfo host arch. 6031* FSinfo os Option:: FSinfo host os. 6032* FSinfo cluster Option:: FSinfo host cluster. 6033@end menu 6034 6035@node FSinfo netif Option, FSinfo config Option, , FSinfo host attributes 6036@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6037@subsection netif Option 6038 6039This defines the set of network interfaces configured on the machine. 6040The interface attributes collected by @i{FSinfo} are the IP address, 6041subnet mask and hardware address. Multiple interfaces may be defined 6042for hosts with several interfaces by an entry for each interface. The 6043values given are sanity checked, but are currently unused for anything 6044else. 6045 6046@example 6047netif : "netif" @var{<string>} "@{" @i{list(}netif_attrs@i{)} "@}" ; 6048 6049netif_attrs : netif_attr "=" @var{<string>} ; 6050 6051netif_attr : "inaddr" | "netmask" | "hwaddr" ; 6052@end example 6053 6054Examples: 6055 6056@example 6057netif ie0 @{ 6058 inaddr = 129.31.81.37 6059 netmask = 0xfffffe00 6060 hwaddr = "08:00:20:01:a6:a5" 6061@} 6062 6063netif ec0 @{ @} 6064@end example 6065 6066@node FSinfo config Option, FSinfo arch Option, FSinfo netif Option, FSinfo host attributes 6067@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6068@subsection config Option 6069@cindex FSinfo config host attribute 6070@cindex config, FSinfo host attribute 6071 6072This option allows you to specify configuration variables for the 6073startup scripts (@file{rc} scripts). A simple string should immediately 6074follow the keyword. 6075 6076Example: 6077 6078@example 6079config "NFS_SERVER=true" 6080config "ZEPHYR=true" 6081@end example 6082 6083This option is currently unsupported. 6084 6085@node FSinfo arch Option, FSinfo os Option, FSinfo config Option, FSinfo host attributes 6086@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6087@subsection arch Option 6088@cindex FSinfo arch host attribute 6089@cindex arch, FSinfo host attribute 6090 6091This defines the architecture of the machine. For example: 6092 6093@example 6094arch = hp300 6095@end example 6096 6097This is intended to be of use when building architecture specific 6098mountmaps, however, the option is currently unsupported. 6099 6100@node FSinfo os Option, FSinfo cluster Option, FSinfo arch Option, FSinfo host attributes 6101@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6102@subsection os Option 6103@cindex FSinfo os host attribute 6104@cindex os, FSinfo host attribute 6105 6106This defines the operating system type of the host. For example: 6107 6108@example 6109os = hpux 6110@end example 6111 6112This information is used when creating the @file{fstab} files, for 6113example in choosing which format to use for the @file{fstab} entries 6114within the file. 6115 6116@node FSinfo cluster Option, , FSinfo os Option, FSinfo host attributes 6117@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6118@subsection cluster Option 6119@cindex FSinfo cluster host attribute 6120@cindex cluster, FSinfo host attribute 6121 6122This is used for specifying in which cluster the machine belongs. For 6123example: 6124 6125@example 6126cluster = "theory" 6127@end example 6128 6129The cluster is intended to be used when generating the automount maps, 6130although it is currently unsupported. 6131 6132@node FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo host attributes, FSinfo host definitions 6133@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6134@section @i{FSinfo} filesystems 6135@cindex FSinfo filesystems 6136 6137The list of physically attached filesystems follows the machine 6138attributes. These should define all the filesystems available from this 6139machine, whether exported or not. In addition to the device name, 6140filesystems have several attributes, such as filesystem type, mount 6141options, and @samp{fsck} pass number which are needed to generate 6142@file{fstab} entries. 6143 6144@example 6145filesystem : "fs" @var{<device>} "@{" @i{list(}fs_data@i{)} "@}" ; 6146 6147fs_data : fs_data_attr "=" @var{<string>} 6148 | mount 6149 ; 6150 6151fs_data_attr 6152 : "fstype" | "opts" | "passno" 6153 | "freq" | "dumpset" | "log" 6154 ; 6155@end example 6156 6157Here, @var{<device>} is the device name of the disk (for example, 6158@file{/dev/dsk/2s0}). The device name is used for building the mount 6159maps and for the @file{fstab} file. The attributes that can be 6160specified are shown in the following section. 6161 6162The @i{FSinfo} configuration file for @code{dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk} is listed below. 6163 6164@example 6165host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk 6166 6167fs /dev/dsk/0s0 @{ 6168 fstype = swap 6169@} 6170 6171fs /dev/dsk/0s0 @{ 6172 fstype = hfs 6173 opts = rw,noquota,grpid 6174 passno = 0; 6175 freq = 1; 6176 mount / @{ @} 6177@} 6178 6179fs /dev/dsk/1s0 @{ 6180 fstype = hfs 6181 opts = defaults 6182 passno = 1; 6183 freq = 1; 6184 mount /usr @{ 6185 local @{ 6186 exportfs "dougal eden dylan zebedee brian" 6187 volname /nfs/hp300/local 6188 @} 6189 @} 6190@} 6191 6192fs /dev/dsk/2s0 @{ 6193 fstype = hfs 6194 opts = defaults 6195 passno = 1; 6196 freq = 1; 6197 mount default @{ 6198 exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on" 6199 volname /home/dylan/dk2 6200 @} 6201@} 6202 6203fs /dev/dsk/3s0 @{ 6204 fstype = hfs 6205 opts = defaults 6206 passno = 1; 6207 freq = 1; 6208 mount default @{ 6209 exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on" 6210 volname /home/dylan/dk3 6211 @} 6212@} 6213 6214fs /dev/dsk/5s0 @{ 6215 fstype = hfs 6216 opts = defaults 6217 passno = 1; 6218 freq = 1; 6219 mount default @{ 6220 exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on" 6221 volname /home/dylan/dk5 6222 @} 6223@} 6224@end example 6225 6226@menu 6227* FSinfo fstype Option:: FSinfo filesystems fstype. 6228* FSinfo opts Option:: FSinfo filesystems opts. 6229* FSinfo passno Option:: FSinfo filesystems passno. 6230* FSinfo freq Option:: FSinfo filesystems freq. 6231* FSinfo mount Option:: FSinfo filesystems mount. 6232* FSinfo dumpset Option:: FSinfo filesystems dumpset. 6233* FSinfo log Option:: FSinfo filesystems log. 6234@end menu 6235 6236@node FSinfo fstype Option, FSinfo opts Option, , FSinfo filesystems 6237@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6238@subsection fstype Option 6239@cindex FSinfo fstype filesystems option 6240@cindex fstype, FSinfo filesystems option 6241@cindex export, FSinfo special fstype 6242 6243This specifies the type of filesystem being declared and will be placed 6244into the @file{fstab} file as is. The value of this option will be 6245handed to @code{mount} as the filesystem type---it should have such 6246values as @code{4.2}, @code{nfs} or @code{swap}. The value is not 6247examined for correctness. 6248 6249There is one special case. If the filesystem type is specified as 6250@samp{export} then the filesystem information will not be added to the 6251host's @file{fstab} information, but it will still be visible on the 6252network. This is useful for defining hosts which contain referenced 6253volumes but which are not under full control of @i{FSinfo}. 6254 6255Example: 6256 6257@example 6258fstype = swap 6259@end example 6260 6261@node FSinfo opts Option, FSinfo passno Option, FSinfo fstype Option, FSinfo filesystems 6262@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6263@subsection opts Option 6264@cindex FSinfo opts filesystems option 6265@cindex opts, FSinfo filesystems option 6266 6267This defines any options that should be given to @b{mount}(8) in the 6268@file{fstab} file. For example: 6269 6270@example 6271opts = rw,nosuid,grpid 6272@end example 6273 6274@node FSinfo passno Option, FSinfo freq Option, FSinfo opts Option, FSinfo filesystems 6275@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6276@subsection passno Option 6277@cindex FSinfo passno filesystems option 6278@cindex passno, FSinfo filesystems option 6279 6280This defines the @b{fsck}(8) pass number in which to check the 6281filesystem. This value will be placed into the @file{fstab} file. 6282 6283Example: 6284 6285@example 6286passno = 1 6287@end example 6288 6289@node FSinfo freq Option, FSinfo mount Option, FSinfo passno Option, FSinfo filesystems 6290@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6291@subsection freq Option 6292@cindex FSinfo freq filesystems option 6293@cindex freq, FSinfo filesystems option 6294 6295This defines the interval (in days) between dumps. The value is placed 6296as is into the @file{fstab} file. 6297 6298Example: 6299 6300@example 6301freq = 3 6302@end example 6303 6304@node FSinfo mount Option, FSinfo dumpset Option, FSinfo freq Option, FSinfo filesystems 6305@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6306@subsection mount Option 6307@cindex FSinfo mount filesystems option 6308@cindex mount, FSinfo filesystems option 6309@cindex exportfs, FSinfo mount option 6310@cindex volname, FSinfo mount option 6311@cindex sel, FSinfo mount option 6312 6313This defines the mountpoint at which to place the filesystem. If the 6314mountpoint of the filesystem is specified as @code{default}, then the 6315filesystem will be mounted in the automounter's tree under its volume 6316name and the mount will automatically be inherited by the automounter. 6317 6318Following the mountpoint, namespace information for the filesystem may 6319be described. The options that can be given here are @code{exportfs}, 6320@code{volname} and @code{sel}. 6321 6322The format is: 6323 6324@example 6325mount : "mount" vol_tree ; 6326 6327vol_tree : @i{list(}vol_tree_attr@i{)} ; 6328 6329vol_tree_attr 6330 : @var{<string>} "@{" @i{list(}vol_tree_info@i{)} vol_tree "@}" ; 6331 6332vol_tree_info 6333 : "exportfs" @var{<export-data>} 6334 | "volname" @var{<volname>} 6335 | "sel" @var{<selector-list>} 6336 ; 6337@end example 6338 6339Example: 6340 6341@example 6342mount default @{ 6343 exportfs "dylan dougal florence zebedee" 6344 volname /vol/andrew 6345@} 6346@end example 6347 6348In the above example, the filesystem currently being declared will have 6349an entry placed into the @file{exports} file allowing the filesystem to 6350be exported to the machines @code{dylan}, @code{dougal}, @code{florence} 6351and @code{zebedee}. The volume name by which the filesystem will be 6352referred to remotely, is @file{/vol/andrew}. By declaring the 6353mountpoint to be @code{default}, the filesystem will be mounted on the 6354local machine in the automounter tree, where @i{Amd} will automatically 6355inherit the mount as @file{/vol/andrew}.@refill 6356 6357@table @samp 6358@item exportfs 6359a string defining which machines the filesystem may be exported to. 6360This is copied, as is, into the @file{exports} file---no sanity checking 6361is performed on this string.@refill 6362 6363@item volname 6364a string which declares the remote name by which to reference the 6365filesystem. The string is entered into a dictionary and allows you to 6366refer to this filesystem in other places by this volume name.@refill 6367 6368@item sel 6369a string which is placed into the automounter maps as a selector for the 6370filesystem.@refill 6371 6372@end table 6373 6374@node FSinfo dumpset Option, FSinfo log Option, FSinfo mount Option, FSinfo filesystems 6375@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6376@subsection dumpset Option 6377@cindex FSinfo dumpset filesystems option 6378@cindex dumpset, FSinfo filesystems option 6379 6380This provides support for Imperial College's local file backup tools and 6381is not documented further here. 6382 6383@node FSinfo log Option, , FSinfo dumpset Option, FSinfo filesystems 6384@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6385@subsection log Option 6386@cindex FSinfo log filesystems option 6387@cindex log, FSinfo filesystems option 6388 6389Specifies the log device for the current filesystem. This is ignored if 6390not required by the particular filesystem type. 6391 6392@node FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo automount definitions , FSinfo filesystems, FSinfo host definitions 6393@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6394@section @i{FSinfo} static mounts 6395@cindex FSinfo static mounts 6396@cindex Statically mounts filesystems, FSinfo 6397 6398Each host may also have a number of statically mounted filesystems. For 6399example, the host may be a diskless workstation in which case it will 6400have no @code{fs} declarations. In this case the @code{mount} 6401declaration is used to determine from where its filesystems will be 6402mounted. In addition to being added to the @file{fstab} file, this 6403information can also be used to generate a suitable @file{bootparams} 6404file.@refill 6405 6406@example 6407mount : "mount" @var{<volname>} @i{list(}localinfo@i{)} ; 6408 6409localinfo : localinfo_attr @var{<string>} ; 6410 6411localinfo_attr 6412 : "as" 6413 | "from" 6414 | "fstype" 6415 | "opts" 6416 ; 6417@end example 6418 6419The filesystem specified to be mounted will be searched for in the 6420dictionary of volume names built when scanning the list of hosts' 6421definitions. 6422 6423The attributes have the following semantics: 6424@table @samp 6425@item from @var{machine} 6426mount the filesystem from the machine with the hostname of 6427@dfn{machine}.@refill 6428 6429@item as @var{mountpoint} 6430mount the filesystem locally as the name given, in case this is 6431different from the advertised volume name of the filesystem. 6432 6433@item opts @var{options} 6434native @b{mount}(8) options. 6435 6436@item fstype @var{type} 6437type of filesystem to be mounted. 6438@end table 6439 6440An example: 6441 6442@example 6443mount /export/exec/hp300/local as /usr/local 6444@end example 6445 6446If the mountpoint specified is either @file{/} or @file{swap}, the 6447machine will be considered to be booting off the net and this will be 6448noted for use in generating a @file{bootparams} file for the host which 6449owns the filesystems. 6450 6451@node FSinfo automount definitions, FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo static mounts, FSinfo 6452@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6453@section Defining an @i{Amd} Mount Map in @i{FSinfo} 6454@cindex FSinfo automount definitions 6455@cindex Defining an Amd mount map, FSinfo 6456 6457The maps used by @i{Amd} can be constructed from @i{FSinfo} by defining 6458all the automount trees. @i{FSinfo} takes all the definitions found and 6459builds one map for each top level tree. 6460 6461The automount tree is usually defined last. A single automount 6462configuration will usually apply to an entire management domain. One 6463@code{automount} declaration is needed for each @i{Amd} automount point. 6464@i{FSinfo} determines whether the automount point is @dfn{direct} 6465(@pxref{Direct Automount Filesystem}) or @dfn{indirect} 6466(@pxref{Top-level Filesystem}). Direct automount points are 6467distinguished by the fact that there is no underlying 6468@dfn{automount_tree}.@refill 6469 6470@example 6471automount : "automount" @i{opt(}auto_opts@i{)} automount_tree ; 6472 6473auto_opts : "opts" @var{<mount-options>} ; 6474 6475automount_tree 6476 : @i{list(}automount_attr@i{)} 6477 ; 6478 6479automount_attr 6480 : @var{<string>} "=" @var{<volname>} 6481 | @var{<string>} "->" @var{<symlink>} 6482 | @var{<string>} "@{" automount_tree "@}" 6483 ; 6484@end example 6485 6486If @var{<mount-options>} is given, then it is the string to be placed in 6487the maps for @i{Amd} for the @code{opts} option. 6488 6489A @dfn{map} is typically a tree of filesystems, for example @file{home} 6490normally contains a tree of filesystems representing other machines in 6491the network. 6492 6493A map can either be given as a name representing an already defined 6494volume name, or it can be a tree. A tree is represented by placing 6495braces after the name. For example, to define a tree @file{/vol}, the 6496following map would be defined: 6497 6498@example 6499automount /vol @{ @} 6500@end example 6501 6502Within a tree, the only items that can appear are more maps. 6503For example: 6504 6505@example 6506automount /vol @{ 6507 andrew @{ @} 6508 X11 @{ @} 6509@} 6510@end example 6511 6512In this case, @i{FSinfo} will look for volumes named @file{/vol/andrew} 6513and @file{/vol/X11} and a map entry will be generated for each. If the 6514volumes are defined more than once, then @i{FSinfo} will generate 6515a series of alternate entries for them in the maps.@refill 6516 6517Instead of a tree, either a link (@var{name} @code{->} 6518@var{destination}) or a reference can be specified (@var{name} @code{=} 6519@var{destination}). A link creates a symbolic link to the string 6520specified, without further processing the entry. A reference will 6521examine the destination filesystem and optimize the reference. For 6522example, to create an entry for @code{njw} in the @file{/homes} map, 6523either of the two forms can be used:@refill 6524 6525@example 6526automount /homes @{ 6527 njw -> /home/dylan/njw 6528@} 6529@end example 6530 6531or 6532 6533@example 6534automount /homes @{ 6535 njw = /home/dylan/njw 6536@} 6537@end example 6538 6539In the first example, when @file{/homes/njw} is referenced from @i{Amd}, 6540a link will be created leading to @file{/home/dylan/njw} and the 6541automounter will be referenced a second time to resolve this filename. 6542The map entry would be: 6543 6544@example 6545njw type:=link;fs:=/home/dylan/njw 6546@end example 6547 6548In the second example, the destination directory is analyzed and found 6549to be in the filesystem @file{/home/dylan} which has previously been 6550defined in the maps. Hence the map entry will look like: 6551 6552@example 6553njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan;sublink:=njw 6554@end example 6555 6556Creating only one symbolic link, and one access to @i{Amd}. 6557 6558@node FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo errors, FSinfo automount definitions, FSinfo 6559@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6560@section @i{FSinfo} Command Line Options 6561@cindex FSinfo command line options 6562@cindex Command line options, FSinfo 6563 6564@i{FSinfo} is started from the command line by using the command: 6565 6566@example 6567fsinfo [@i{options}] @i{files} ... 6568@end example 6569 6570The input to @i{FSinfo} is a single set of definitions of machines and 6571automount maps. If multiple files are given on the command-line, then 6572the files are concatenated together to form the input source. The files 6573are passed individually through the C pre-processor before being parsed. 6574 6575Several options define a prefix for the name of an output file. If the 6576prefix is not specified no output of that type is produced. The suffix 6577used will correspond either to the hostname to which a file belongs, or 6578to the type of output if only one file is produced. Dumpsets and the 6579@file{bootparams} file are in the latter class. To put the output into 6580a subdirectory simply put a @file{/} at the end of the prefix, making 6581sure that the directory has already been made before running 6582@i{Fsinfo}. 6583 6584@menu 6585* -a FSinfo Option:: Amd automount directory: 6586* -b FSinfo Option:: Prefix for bootparams files. 6587* -d FSinfo Option:: Prefix for dumpset data files. 6588* -e FSinfo Option:: Prefix for exports files. 6589* -f FSinfo Option:: Prefix for fstab files. 6590* -h FSinfo Option:: Local hostname. 6591* -m FSinfo Option:: Prefix for automount maps. 6592* -q FSinfo Option:: Ultra quiet mode. 6593* -v FSinfo Option:: Verbose mode. 6594* -I FSinfo Option:: Define new #include directory. 6595* -D-FSinfo Option:: Define macro. 6596* -U FSinfo Option:: Undefine macro. 6597@end menu 6598 6599@node -a FSinfo Option, -b FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo Command Line Options 6600@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6601@subsection @code{-a} @var{autodir} 6602 6603Specifies the directory name in which to place the automounter's 6604mountpoints. This defaults to @file{/a}. Some sites have the autodir set 6605to be @file{/amd}, and this would be achieved by: 6606 6607@example 6608fsinfo -a /amd ... 6609@end example 6610 6611@node -b FSinfo Option, -d FSinfo Option, -a FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6612@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6613@subsection @code{-b} @var{bootparams} 6614@cindex bootparams, FSinfo prefix 6615 6616This specifies the prefix for the @file{bootparams} filename. If it is 6617not given, then the file will not be generated. The @file{bootparams} 6618file will be constructed for the destination machine and will be placed 6619into a file named @file{bootparams} and prefixed by this string. The 6620file generated contains a list of entries describing each diskless 6621client that can boot from the destination machine. 6622 6623As an example, to create a @file{bootparams} file in the directory 6624@file{generic}, the following would be used: 6625 6626@example 6627fsinfo -b generic/ ... 6628@end example 6629 6630@node -d FSinfo Option, -e FSinfo Option, -b FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6631@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6632@subsection @code{-d} @var{dumpsets} 6633@cindex dumpset, FSinfo prefix 6634 6635This specifies the prefix for the @file{dumpsets} file. If it is not 6636specified, then the file will not be generated. The file will be for 6637the destination machine and will be placed into a filename 6638@file{dumpsets}, prefixed by this string. The @file{dumpsets} file is 6639for use by Imperial College's local backup system. 6640 6641For example, to create a @file{dumpsets} file in the directory @file{generic}, 6642then you would use the following: 6643 6644@example 6645fsinfo -d generic/ ... 6646@end example 6647 6648@node -e FSinfo Option, -f FSinfo Option, -d FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6649@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6650@subsection @code{-e} @var{exportfs} 6651@cindex exports, FSinfo prefix 6652 6653Defines the prefix for the @file{exports} files. If it is not given, 6654then the file will not be generated. For each machine defined in the 6655configuration files as having disks, an @file{exports} file is 6656constructed and given a filename determined by the name of the machine, 6657prefixed with this string. If a machine is defined as diskless, then no 6658@file{exports} file will be created for it. The files contain entries 6659for directories on the machine that may be exported to clients. 6660 6661Example: To create the @file{exports} files for each diskfull machine 6662and place them into the directory @file{exports}: 6663 6664@example 6665fsinfo -e exports/ ... 6666@end example 6667 6668@node -f FSinfo Option, -h FSinfo Option, -e FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6669@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6670@subsection @code{-f} @var{fstab} 6671@cindex fstab, FSinfo prefix 6672 6673This defines the prefix for the @file{fstab} files. The files will only 6674be created if this prefix is defined. For each machine defined in the 6675configuration files, a @file{fstab} file is created with the filename 6676determined by prefixing this string with the name of the machine. These 6677files contain entries for filesystems and partitions to mount at boot 6678time. 6679 6680Example, to create the files in the directory @file{fstabs}: 6681 6682@example 6683fsinfo -f fstabs/ ... 6684@end example 6685 6686@node -h FSinfo Option, -m FSinfo Option, -f FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6687@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6688@subsection @code{-h} @var{hostname} 6689@cindex hostname, FSinfo command line option 6690 6691Defines the hostname of the destination machine to process for. If this 6692is not specified, it defaults to the local machine name, as returned by 6693@b{gethostname}(2). 6694 6695Example: 6696 6697@example 6698fsinfo -h dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk ... 6699@end example 6700 6701@node -m FSinfo Option, -q FSinfo Option, -h FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6702@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6703@subsection @code{-m} @var{mount-maps} 6704@cindex maps, FSinfo command line option 6705 6706Defines the prefix for the automounter files. The maps will only be 6707produced if this prefix is defined. The mount maps suitable for the 6708network defined by the configuration files will be placed into files 6709with names calculated by prefixing this string to the name of each map. 6710 6711For example, to create the automounter maps and place them in the 6712directory @file{automaps}: 6713 6714@example 6715fsinfo -m automaps/ ... 6716@end example 6717 6718@node -q FSinfo Option, -v FSinfo Option, -m FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6719@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6720@subsection @code{-q} 6721@cindex quiet, FSinfo command line option 6722 6723Selects quiet mode. @i{FSinfo} suppress the ``running commentary'' and 6724only outputs any error messages which are generated. 6725 6726@node -v FSinfo Option, -D-FSinfo Option, -q FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6727@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6728@subsection @code{-v} 6729@cindex verbose, FSinfo command line option 6730 6731Selects verbose mode. When this is activated, the program will display 6732more messages, and display all the information discovered when 6733performing the semantic analysis phase. Each verbose message is output 6734to @file{stdout} on a line starting with a @samp{#} character. 6735 6736@node -D-FSinfo Option, -I FSinfo Option, -v FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6737@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6738@subsection @code{-D} @var{name}@i{[=defn]} 6739 6740Defines a symbol @dfn{name} for the preprocessor when reading the 6741configuration files. Equivalent to @code{#define} directive. 6742 6743@node -I FSinfo Option, -U FSinfo Option, -D-FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6744@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6745@subsection @code{-I} @var{directory} 6746 6747This option is passed into the preprocessor for the configuration files. 6748It specifies directories in which to find include files 6749 6750@node -U FSinfo Option, , -I FSinfo Option, FSinfo Command Line Options 6751@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6752@subsection @code{-U} @var{name} 6753 6754Removes any initial definition of the symbol @dfn{name}. Inverse of the 6755@code{-D} option. 6756 6757@node FSinfo errors, , FSinfo Command Line Options, FSinfo 6758@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6759@section Errors produced by @i{FSinfo} 6760@cindex FSinfo error messages 6761 6762The following table documents the errors and warnings which @i{FSinfo} may produce. 6763 6764@table @t 6765 6766@item " expected 6767Occurs if an unescaped newline is found in a quoted string. 6768 6769@item ambiguous mount: @var{volume} is a replicated filesystem 6770If several filesystems are declared as having the same volume name, they 6771will be considered replicated filesystems. To mount a replicated 6772filesystem statically, a specific host will need to be named, to say 6773which particular copy to try and mount, else this error will 6774result. 6775 6776@item can't open @var{filename} for writing 6777Occurs if any errors are encountered when opening an output file. 6778 6779@item cannot determine localname since volname @var{volume} is not uniquely defined 6780If a volume is replicated and an attempt is made to mount the filesystem 6781statically without specifying a local mountpoint, @i{FSinfo} cannot 6782calculate a mountpoint, as the desired pathname would be 6783ambiguous. 6784 6785@item @var{device} has duplicate exportfs data 6786Produced if the @samp{exportfs} option is used multiple times within the 6787same branch of a filesystem definition. For example, if you attempt to 6788set the @samp{exportfs} data at different levels of the mountpoint 6789directory tree. 6790 6791@item dump frequency for @var{host}:@var{device} is non-zero 6792Occurs if @var{device} has its @samp{fstype} declared to be @samp{swap} 6793or @samp{export} and the @samp{dump} option is set to a value greater 6794than zero. Swap devices should not be dumped. 6795 6796@item duplicate host @var{hostname}! 6797If a host has more than one definition. 6798 6799@item end of file within comment 6800A comment was unterminated before the end of one of the configuration 6801files. 6802 6803@item @var{filename}: cannot open for reading 6804If a file specified on the command line as containing configuration data 6805could not be opened. 6806 6807@item @var{filesystem} has a volname but no exportfs data 6808Occurs when a volume name is declared for a file system, but the string 6809specifying what machines the filesystem can be exported to is 6810missing. 6811 6812@item fs field "@var{field-name}" already set 6813Occurs when multiple definitions are given for one of the attributes of a 6814host's filesystem. 6815 6816@item host field "@var{field-name}" already set 6817If duplicate definitions are given for any of the fields with a host 6818definition. 6819 6820@item @var{host}:@var{device} has more than one mount point 6821Occurs if the mount option for a host's filesystem specifies multiple 6822trees at which to place the mountpoint. 6823 6824@item @var{host}:@var{device} has no mount point 6825Occurs if the @samp{mount} option is not specified for a host's 6826filesystem. 6827 6828@item @var{host}:@var{device} needs field "@var{field-name}" 6829Occurs when a filesystem is missing a required field. @var{field-name} could 6830be one of @samp{fstype}, @samp{opts}, @samp{passno} or 6831@samp{mount}. 6832 6833@item @var{host}:mount field specified for swap partition 6834Occurs if a mountpoint is given for a filesystem whose type is declared 6835to be @samp{swap}. 6836 6837@item malformed IP dotted quad: @var{address} 6838If the Internet address of an interface is incorrectly specified. An 6839Internet address definition is handled to @b{inet_addr}(3N) to see if it 6840can cope. If not, then this message will be displayed. 6841 6842@item malformed netmask: @var{netmask} 6843If the netmask cannot be decoded as though it were a hexadecimal number, 6844then this message will be displayed. It will typically be caused by 6845incorrect characters in the @var{netmask} value. 6846 6847@item mount field "@var{field-name}" already set 6848Occurs when a static mount has multiple definitions of the same field. 6849 6850@item mount tree field "@var{field-name}" already set 6851Occurs when the @var{field-name} is defined more than once during the 6852definition of a filesystems mountpoint. 6853 6854@item netif field @var{field-name} already set 6855Occurs if you attempt to define an attribute of an interface more than 6856once. 6857 6858@item network booting requires both root and swap areas 6859Occurs if a machine has mount declarations for either the root partition 6860or the swap area, but not both. You cannot define a machine to only 6861partially boot via the network. 6862 6863@item no disk mounts on @var{hostname} 6864If there are no static mounts, nor local disk mounts specified for a 6865machine, this message will be displayed. 6866 6867@item no volname given for @var{host}:@var{device} 6868Occurs when a filesystem is defined to be mounted on @file{default}, but 6869no volume name is given for the file system, then the mountpoint cannot 6870be determined. 6871 6872@item not allowed '/' in a directory name 6873Occurs when a pathname with multiple directory elements is specified as 6874the name for an automounter tree. A tree should only have one name at 6875each level. 6876 6877@item pass number for @var{host}:@var{device} is non-zero 6878Occurs if @var{device} has its @samp{fstype} declared to be @samp{swap} 6879or @samp{export} and the @b{fsck}(8) pass number is set. Swap devices 6880should not be fsck'd. @xref{FSinfo fstype Option}. 6881 6882@item sub-directory @var{directory} of @var{directory-tree} starts with '/' 6883Within the filesystem specification for a host, if an element 6884@var{directory} of the mountpoint begins with a @samp{/} and it is not 6885the start of the tree. 6886 6887@item sub-directory of @var{directory-tree} is named "default" 6888@samp{default} is a keyword used to specify if a mountpoint should be 6889automatically calculated by @i{FSinfo}. If you attempt to specify a 6890directory name as this, it will use the filename of @file{default} but 6891will produce this warning. 6892 6893@item unknown \ sequence 6894Occurs if an unknown escape sequence is found inside a string. Within a 6895string, you can give the standard C escape sequences for strings, such 6896as newlines and tab characters. 6897 6898@item unknown directory attribute 6899If an unknown keyword is found while reading the definition of a host's 6900filesystem mount option. 6901 6902@item unknown filesystem attribute 6903Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host's 6904filesystems. 6905 6906@item unknown host attribute 6907Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host. 6908 6909@item unknown mount attribute 6910Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is found while parsing the list of 6911static mounts. 6912 6913@item unknown volname @var{volume} automounted @i{[} on @i{name} @i{]} 6914Occurs if @var{volume} is used in a definition of an automount map but the volume 6915name has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions. 6916 6917@item volname @var{volume} is unknown 6918Occurs if an attempt is made to mount or reference a volume name which 6919has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions. 6920 6921@item volname @var{volume} not exported from @var{machine} 6922Occurs if you attempt to mount the volume @var{volume} from a machine 6923which has not declared itself to have such a filesystem 6924available. 6925 6926@end table 6927 6928@c ################################################################ 6929@node Hlfsd, Assorted Tools, FSinfo, Top 6930@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6931@chapter Hlfsd 6932@pindex Hlfsd 6933@cindex Home-Link Filesystem 6934 6935@i{Hlfsd} is a daemon which implements a filesystem containing a 6936symbolic link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending 6937on the user which accessed that link. It was primarily designed to 6938redirect incoming mail to users' home directories, so that it can be read 6939from anywhere. It was designed and implemented by 6940@uref{http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk,Erez Zadok} and 6941@email{dupuy AT cs.columbia.edu,Alexander Dupuy}, at the 6942@uref{http://www.cs.columbia.edu/,Computer Science Department} of 6943@uref{http://www.columbia.edu/,Columbia University}. A 6944@uref{http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/hlfsd/hlfsd.html,paper} 6945on @i{Hlfsd} was presented at the Usenix LISA VII conference in 1993. 6946 6947@i{Hlfsd} operates by mounting itself as an NFS server for the directory 6948containing @i{linkname}, which defaults to @file{/hlfs/home}. Lookups 6949within that directory are handled by @i{Hlfsd}, which uses the 6950password map to determine how to resolve the lookup. The directory will 6951be created if it doesn't already exist. The symbolic link will be to 6952the accessing user's home directory, with @i{subdir} appended to it. If 6953not specified, @i{subdir} defaults to @file{.hlfsdir}. This directory 6954will also be created if it does not already exist. 6955 6956A @samp{SIGTERM} sent to @i{Hlfsd} will cause it to shutdown. A 6957@samp{SIGHUP} will flush the internal caches, and reload the password 6958map. It will also close and reopen the log file, to enable the original 6959log file to be removed or rotated. A @samp{SIGUSR1} will cause it to 6960dump its internal table of user IDs and home directories to the file 6961@file{/tmp/hlfsddump}. 6962 6963@menu 6964* Introduction to Hlfsd:: 6965* Background to Mail Delivery:: 6966* Using Hlfsd:: 6967@end menu 6968 6969@c ================================================================ 6970@node Introduction to Hlfsd, Background to Mail Delivery, Hlfsd, Hlfsd 6971@comment node-name, next, previous, up 6972@section Introduction to Hlfsd 6973@cindex Introduction to Hlfsd 6974@cindex Hlfsd; introduction 6975 6976Electronic mail has become one of the major applications for many 6977computer networks, and use of this service is expected to increase over 6978time, as networks proliferate and become faster. Providing a convenient 6979environment for users to read, compose, and send electronic mail has 6980become a requirement for systems administrators (SAs). 6981 6982Widely used methods for handling mail usually require users to be logged 6983into a designated ``home'' machine, where their mailbox files reside. 6984Only on that one machine can they read newly arrived mail. Since users 6985have to be logged into that system to read their mail, they often find 6986it convenient to run all of their other processes on that system as 6987well, including memory and CPU-intensive jobs. For example, in our 6988department, we have allocated and configured several multi-processor 6989servers to handle such demanding CPU/memory applications, but these were 6990underutilized, in large part due to the inconvenience of not being able 6991to read mail on those machines. (No home directories were located on 6992these designated CPU-servers, since we did not want NFS service for 6993users' home directories to have to compete with CPU-intensive jobs. At the 6994same time, we discouraged users from running demanding applications on 6995their home machines.) 6996 6997Many different solutions have been proposed to allow users to read their 6998mail on any host. However, all of these solutions fail in one or more 6999of several ways: 7000 7001@itemize @bullet 7002 7003@item 7004they introduce new single points of failure 7005 7006@item 7007they require using different mail transfer agents (MTAs) or user agents 7008(UAs) 7009 7010@item 7011they do not solve the problem for all cases, i.e. the solution is only 7012partially successful for a particular environment. 7013 7014@end itemize 7015 7016We have designed a simple filesystem, called the @dfn{Home-Link File 7017System}, to provide the ability to deliver mail to users' home 7018directories, without modification to mail-related applications. We have 7019endeavored to make it as stable as possible. Of great importance to us 7020was to make sure the HLFS daemon, @file{hlfsd} , would not hang under 7021any circumstances, and would take the next-best action when faced with 7022problems. Compared to alternative methods, @i{Hlfsd} is a stable, more 7023general solution, and easier to install/use. In fact, in some ways, we 7024have even managed to improve the reliability and security of mail 7025service. 7026 7027Our server implements a small filesystem containing a symbolic link 7028to a subdirectory of the invoking user's home directory, and named symbolic 7029links to users' mailbox files. 7030 7031The @i{Hlfsd} server finds out the @var{uid} of the process that is 7032accessing its mount point, and resolves the pathname component @samp{home} as a 7033symbolic link to a subdirectory within the home directory given by the 7034@var{uid}'s entry in the password file. If the @var{gid} of the process 7035that attempts to access a mailbox file is a special one (called 7036HLFS_GID), then the server maps the name of the @emph{next} pathname 7037component directly to the user's mailbox. This is necessary so that 7038access to a mailbox file by users other than the owner can succeed. The 7039server has safety features in case of failures such as hung filesystems 7040or home directory filesystems that are inaccessible or full. 7041 7042On most of our machines, mail gets delivered to the directory 7043@file{/var/spool/mail}. Many programs, including UAs, depend on that 7044path. @i{Hlfsd} creates a directory @file{/mail}, and mounts itself on 7045top of that directory. @i{Hlfsd} implements the path name component 7046called @samp{home}, pointing to a subdirectory of the user's home directory. 7047We have made @file{/var/spool/mail} a symbolic link to 7048@file{/mail/home}, so that accessing @file{/var/spool/mail} actually 7049causes access to a subdirectory within a user's home directory. 7050 7051The following table shows an example of how resolving the pathname 7052@file{/var/mail/@i{NAME}} to @file{/users/ezk/.mailspool/@i{NAME}} proceeds. 7053 7054@multitable {Resolving Component} {Pathname left to resolve} {Value if symbolic link} 7055 7056@item @b{Resolving Component} 7057@tab @b{Pathname left to resolve} 7058@tab @b{Value if symbolic link} 7059 7060@item @t{/} 7061@tab @t{var/mail/}@i{NAME} 7062 7063@item @t{var/} 7064@tab @t{mail/}@i{NAME} 7065 7066@item @t{mail}@@ 7067@tab @t{/mail/home/}@i{NAME} 7068@tab @t{mail}@@ -> @t{/mail/home} 7069 7070@item @t{/} 7071@tab @t{mail/home/}@i{NAME} 7072 7073@item @t{mail/} 7074@tab @t{home/}@i{NAME} 7075 7076@item @t{home}@@ 7077@tab @i{NAME} 7078@tab @t{home}@@ -> @t{/users/ezk/.mailspool} 7079 7080@item @t{/} 7081@tab @t{users/ezk/.mailspool/}@i{NAME} 7082 7083@item @t{users/} 7084@tab @t{ezk/.mailspool/}@i{NAME} 7085 7086@item @t{ezk/} 7087@tab @t{.mailspool/}@i{NAME} 7088 7089@item @t{.mailspool/} 7090@tab @i{NAME} 7091 7092@item @i{NAME} 7093 7094@end multitable 7095 7096@c ================================================================ 7097@node Background to Mail Delivery, Using Hlfsd, Introduction to Hlfsd, Hlfsd 7098@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7099@section Background to Mail Delivery 7100@cindex Background to Mail Delivery 7101@cindex Hlfsd; background 7102 7103This section provides an in-depth discussion of why available methods 7104for delivering mail to home directories are not as good as the one used 7105by @i{Hlfsd}. 7106 7107@menu 7108* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory:: 7109* Centralized Mail Spool Directory:: 7110* Distributed Mail Spool Service:: 7111* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?:: 7112@end menu 7113 7114@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7115@node Single-Host Mail Spool Directory, Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery, Background to Mail Delivery 7116@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7117@subsection Single-Host Mail Spool Directory 7118@cindex Single-Host Mail Spool Directory 7119 7120The most common method for mail delivery is for mail to be appended to a 7121mailbox file in a standard spool directory on the designated ``mail 7122home'' machine of the user. The greatest advantage of this method is 7123that it is the default method most vendors provide with their systems, 7124thus very little (if any) configuration is required on the SA's part. 7125All they need to set up are mail aliases directing mail to the host on 7126which the user's mailbox file is assigned. (Otherwise, mail is 7127delivered locally, and users find mailboxes on many machines.) 7128 7129As users become more sophisticated, and aided by windowing systems, they 7130find themselves logging in on multiple hosts at once, performing several 7131tasks concurrently. They ask to be able to read their mail on any host 7132on the network, not just the one designated as their ``mail home''. 7133 7134@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7135@node Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Distributed Mail Spool Service, Single-Host Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery 7136@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7137@subsection Centralized Mail Spool Directory 7138@cindex Centralized Mail Spool Directory 7139 7140A popular method for providing mail readability from any host is to have 7141all mail delivered to a mail spool directory on a designated 7142``mail-server'' which is exported via NFS to all of the hosts on the 7143network. Configuring such a system is relatively easy. On most 7144systems, the bulk of the work is a one-time addition to one or two 7145configuration files in @file{/etc}. The file-server's spool directory 7146is then hard-mounted across every machine on the local network. In 7147small environments with only a handful of hosts this can be an 7148acceptable solution. In our department, with a couple of hundred active 7149hosts and thousands of mail messages processed daily, this was deemed 7150completely unacceptable, as it introduced several types of problems: 7151 7152@table @b 7153 7154@item Scalability and Performance 7155 7156As more and more machines get added to the network, more mail traffic 7157has to go over NFS to and from the mail-server. Users like to run 7158mail-watchers, and read their mail often. The stress on the shared 7159infrastructure increases with every user and host added; loads on the 7160mail server would most certainly be high since all mail delivery goes 7161through that one machine.@footnote{ Delivery via NFS-mounted filesystems 7162may require usage of @samp{rpc.lockd} and @samp{rpc.statd} to provide 7163distributed file-locking, both of which are widely regarded as unstable 7164and unreliable. Furthermore, this will degrade performance, as local 7165processes as well as remote @samp{nfsd} processes are kept busy.} This 7166leads to lower reliability and performance. To reduce the number of 7167concurrent connections between clients and the server host, some SAs 7168have resorted to automounting the mail-spool directory. But this 7169solution only makes things worse: since users often run mail watchers, 7170and many popular applications such as @samp{trn}, @samp{emacs}, 7171@samp{csh} or @samp{ksh} check periodically for new mail, the 7172automounted directory would be effectively permanently mounted. If it 7173gets unmounted automatically by the automounter program, it is most 7174likely to get mounted shortly afterwards, consuming more I/O resources 7175by the constant cycle of mount and umount calls. 7176 7177@item Reliability 7178 7179The mail-server host and its network connectivity must be very reliable. 7180Worse, since the spool directory has to be hard-mounted,@footnote{No SA 7181in their right minds would soft-mount read/write partitions --- the 7182chances for data loss are too great.} many processes which access the 7183spool directory (various shells, @samp{login}, @samp{emacs}, etc.) 7184would be hung as long as connectivity to the mail-server is severed. To 7185improve reliability, SAs may choose to backup the mail-server's spool 7186partition several times a day. This may make things worse since reading 7187or delivering mail while backups are in progress may cause backups to be 7188inconsistent; more backups consume more backup-media resources, and 7189increase the load on the mail-server host. 7190 7191@end table 7192 7193@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7194@node Distributed Mail Spool Service, Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?, Centralized Mail Spool Directory, Background to Mail Delivery 7195@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7196@subsection Distributed Mail Spool Service 7197@cindex Distributed Mail Spool Service 7198 7199Despite the existence of a few systems that support delivery to users' 7200home directories, mail delivery to home directories hasn't caught on. 7201We believe the main reason is that there are too many programs that 7202``know'' where mailbox files reside. Besides the obvious (the delivery 7203program @file{/bin/mail} and mail readers like @file{/usr/ucb/Mail}, 7204@samp{mush}, @samp{mm}, etc.), other programs that know mailbox location 7205are login, from, almost every shell, @samp{xbiff}, @samp{xmailbox}, and 7206even some programs not directly related to mail, such as @samp{emacs} 7207and @samp{trn}. Although some of these programs can be configured to 7208look in different directories with the use of environment variables and 7209other resources, many of them cannot. The overall porting work is 7210significant. 7211 7212Other methods that have yet to catch on require the use of a special 7213mail-reading server, such as IMAP or POP. The main disadvantage of 7214these systems is that UAs need to be modified to use these services --- 7215a long and involved task. That is why they are not popular at this 7216time. 7217 7218Several other ideas have been proposed and even used in various 7219environments. None of them is robust. They are mostly very 7220specialized, inflexible, and do not extend to the general case. Some of 7221the ideas are plain bad, potentially leading to lost or corrupt mail: 7222 7223@table @b 7224 7225@item automounters 7226 7227Using an automounter such as @i{Amd} to provide a set of symbolic links 7228from the normal spool directory to user home directories is not 7229sufficient. UAs rename, unlink, and recreate the mailbox as a regular 7230file, therefore it must be a real file, not a symbolic link. 7231Furthermore, it must reside in a real directory which is writable by the 7232UAs and MTAs. This method may also require populating 7233@file{/var/spool/mail} with symbolic links and making sure they are 7234updated. Making @i{Amd} manage that directory directly fails, since 7235many various lock files need to be managed as well. Also, @i{Amd} does 7236not provide all of the NFS operations which are required to write mail 7237such as write, create, remove, and unlink. 7238 7239@item @code{$MAIL} 7240 7241Setting this variable to an automounted directory pointing to the user's 7242mail spool host only solves the problem for those programs which know 7243and use @code{$MAIL}. Many programs don't, therefore this solution is partial 7244and of limited flexibility. Also, it requires the SAs or the users to 7245set it themselves --- an added level of inconvenience and possible 7246failures. 7247 7248@item @t{/bin/mail} 7249 7250Using a different mail delivery agent could be the solution. One such 7251example is @samp{hdmail}. However, @samp{hdmail} still requires 7252modifying all UAs, the MTA's configuration, installing new daemons, and 7253changing login scripts. This makes the system less upgradable or 7254compatible with others, and adds one more complicated system for SAs to 7255deal with. It is not a complete solution because it still requires each 7256user have their @code{$MAIL} variable setup correctly, and that every program 7257use this variable. 7258 7259@end table 7260 7261@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7262@node Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?, , Distributed Mail Spool Service, Background to Mail Delivery 7263@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7264@subsection Why Deliver Into the Home Directory? 7265@cindex Why Deliver Into the Home Directory? 7266@cindex Hlfsd; Why Deliver Into the Home Directory? 7267 7268There are several major reasons why SAs might want to deliver mail 7269directly into the users' home directories: 7270 7271@table @b 7272 7273@item Location 7274 7275Many mail readers need to move mail from the spool directory to the 7276user's home directory. It speeds up this operation if the two are on 7277the same filesystem. If for some reason the user's home directory is 7278inaccessible, it isn't that useful to be able to read mail, since there 7279is no place to move it to. In some cases, trying to move mail to a 7280non-existent or hung filesystem may result in mail loss. 7281 7282@item Distribution 7283 7284Having all mail spool directories spread among the many more filesystems 7285minimizes the chances that complete environments will grind to a halt 7286when a single server is down. It does increase the chance that there 7287will be someone who is not able to read their mail when a machine is 7288down, but that is usually preferred to having no one be able to read 7289their mail because a centralized mail server is down. The problem of 7290losing some mail due to the (presumably) higher chances that a user's 7291machine is down is minimized in HLFS. 7292 7293@item Security 7294 7295Delivering mail to users' home directories has another advantage --- 7296enhanced security and privacy. Since a shared system mail spool 7297directory has to be world-readable and searchable, any user can see 7298whether other users have mail, when they last received new mail, or when 7299they last read their mail. Programs such as @samp{finger} display this 7300information, which some consider an infringement of privacy. While it 7301is possible to disable this feature of @samp{finger} so that remote 7302users cannot see a mailbox file's status, this doesn't prevent local 7303users from getting the information. Furthermore, there are more 7304programs which make use of this information. In shared environments, 7305disabling such programs has to be done on a system-wide basis, but with 7306mail delivered to users' home directories, users less concerned with 7307privacy who do want to let others know when they last received or read 7308mail can easily do so using file protection bits. 7309 7310@c Lastly, on systems that do not export their NFS filesystem with 7311@c @t{anon=0}, superusers are less likely to snoop around others' mail, as 7312@c they become ``nobodies'' across NFS. 7313 7314@end table 7315 7316In summary, delivering mail to home directories provides users the 7317functionality sought, and also avoids most of the problems just 7318discussed. 7319 7320@c ================================================================ 7321@node Using Hlfsd, , Background to Mail Delivery, Hlfsd 7322@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7323@section Using Hlfsd 7324@cindex Using Hlfsd 7325@cindex Hlfsd; using 7326 7327@menu 7328* Controlling Hlfsd:: 7329* Hlfsd Options:: 7330* Hlfsd Files:: 7331@end menu 7332 7333@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7334@node Controlling Hlfsd, Hlfsd Options, Using Hlfsd, Using Hlfsd 7335@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7336@subsection Controlling Hlfsd 7337@cindex Controlling Hlfsd 7338@cindex Hlfsd; controlling 7339@pindex ctl-hlfsd 7340 7341Much the same way @i{Amd} is controlled by @file{ctl-amd}, so does 7342@i{Hlfsd} get controlled by the @file{ctl-hlfsd} script: 7343 7344@table @t 7345 7346@item ctl-hlfsd start 7347Start a new @i{Hlfsd}. 7348 7349@item ctl-hlfsd stop 7350Stop a running @i{Hlfsd}. 7351 7352@item ctl-hlfsd restart 7353Stop a running @i{Hlfsd}, wait for 10 seconds, and then start a new 7354one. It is hoped that within 10 seconds, the previously running 7355@i{Hlfsd} terminate properly; otherwise, starting a second one could 7356cause system lockup. 7357 7358@end table 7359 7360For example, on our systems, we start @i{Hlfsd} within @file{ctl-hlfsd} 7361as follows on Solaris 2 systems: 7362 7363@example 7364hlfsd -a /var/alt_mail -x all -l /var/log/hlfsd /mail/home .mailspool 7365@end example 7366 7367The directory @file{/var/alt_mail} is a directory in the root partition 7368where alternate mail will be delivered into, when it cannot be delivered 7369into the user's home directory. 7370 7371Normal mail gets delivered into @file{/var/mail}, but on our systems, 7372that is a symbolic link to @file{/mail/home}. @file{/mail} is managed 7373by @i{Hlfsd}, which creates a dynamic symlink named @samp{home}, 7374pointing to the subdirectory @file{.mailspool} @emph{within} the 7375accessing user's home directory. This results in mail which normally 7376should go to @file{/var/mail/@code{$USER}}, to go to 7377@file{@code{$HOME}/.mailspool/@code{$USER}}. 7378 7379@i{Hlfsd} does not create the @file{/var/mail} symlink. This needs to 7380be created (manually) once on each host, by the system administrators, 7381as follows: 7382 7383@example 7384mv /var/mail /var/alt_mail 7385ln -s /mail/home /var/mail 7386@end example 7387 7388@i{Hlfsd} also responds to the following signals: 7389 7390A @samp{SIGHUP} signal sent to @i{Hlfsd} will force it to reload the 7391password map immediately. 7392 7393A @samp{SIGUSR1} signal sent to @i{Hlfsd} will cause it to dump its 7394internal password map to the file @file{/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX}, 7395where @samp{XXXXXX} will be replaced by a random string generated by 7396@b{mktemp}(3) or (the more secure) @b{mkstemp}(3). 7397 7398@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7399@node Hlfsd Options, Hlfsd Files, Controlling Hlfsd, Using Hlfsd 7400@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7401@subsection Hlfsd Options 7402@cindex Hlfsd Options 7403@cindex Hlfsd; Options 7404 7405@table @t 7406 7407@item -a @var{alt_dir} 7408Alternate directory. The name of the directory to which the symbolic 7409link returned by @i{Hlfsd} will point, if it cannot access the home 7410directory of the user. This defaults to @file{/var/hlfs}. This 7411directory will be created if it doesn't exist. It is expected that 7412either users will read these files, or the system administrators will 7413run a script to resend this ``lost mail'' to its owner. 7414 7415@item -c @var{cache-interval} 7416Caching interval. @i{Hlfsd} will cache the validity of home directories 7417for this interval, in seconds. Entries which have been verified within 7418the last @var{cache-interval} seconds will not be verified again, since 7419the operation could be expensive, and the entries are most likely still 7420valid. After the interval has expired, @i{Hlfsd} will re-verify the 7421validity of the user's home directory, and reset the cache time-counter. 7422The default value for @var{cache-interval} is 300 seconds (5 minutes). 7423 7424@item -f 7425Force fast startup. This option tells @i{Hlfsd} to skip startup-time 7426consistency checks such as existence of mount directory, alternate spool 7427directory, symlink to be hidden under the mount directory, their 7428permissions and validity. 7429 7430@item -g @var{group} 7431Set the special group HLFS_GID to @var{group}. Programs such as 7432@file{/usr/ucb/from} or @file{/usr/sbin/in.comsat}, which access the 7433mailboxes of other users, must be setgid @samp{HLFS_GID} to work properly. The 7434default group is @samp{hlfs}. If no group is provided, and there is no 7435group @samp{hlfs}, this feature is disabled. 7436 7437@item -h 7438Help. Print a brief help message, and exit. 7439 7440@item -i @var{reload-interval} 7441Map-reloading interval. Each @var{reload-interval} seconds, @i{Hlfsd} 7442will reload the password map. @i{Hlfsd} needs the password map for the 7443UIDs and home directory pathnames. @i{Hlfsd} schedules a @samp{SIGALRM} to 7444reload the password maps. A @samp{SIGHUP} sent to @i{Hlfsd} will force it to 7445reload the maps immediately. The default value for 7446@var{reload-interval} is 900 seconds (15 minutes.) 7447 7448@item -l @var{logfile} 7449Specify a log file to which @i{Hlfsd} will record events. If 7450@var{logfile} is the string @samp{syslog} then the log messages will be 7451sent to the system log daemon by @b{syslog}(3), using the @samp{LOG_DAEMON} 7452facility. This is also the default. 7453 7454@item -n 7455No verify. @i{Hlfsd} will not verify the validity of the symbolic link 7456it will be returning, or that the user's home directory contains 7457sufficient disk-space for spooling. This can speed up @i{Hlfsd} at the 7458cost of possibly returning symbolic links to home directories which are 7459not currently accessible or are full. By default, @i{Hlfsd} validates 7460the symbolic-link in the background. The @code{-n} option overrides the 7461meaning of the @code{-c} option, since no caching is necessary. 7462 7463@item -o @var{mount-options} 7464Mount options which @i{Hlfsd} will use to mount itself on top of 7465@var{dirname}. By default, @var{mount-options} is set to @samp{ro}. If 7466the system supports symbolic-link caching, default options are set 7467to @samp{ro,nocache}. 7468 7469@item -p 7470Print PID. Outputs the process-id of @i{Hlfsd} to standard output where 7471it can be saved into a file. 7472 7473@item -v 7474Version. Displays version information to standard error. 7475 7476@item -x @var{log-options} 7477Specify run-time logging options. The options are a comma separated 7478list chosen from: @samp{fatal}, @samp{error}, @samp{user}, @samp{warn}, @samp{info}, @samp{map}, @samp{stats}, @samp{all}. 7479 7480@item -C 7481Force @i{Hlfsd} to run on systems that cannot turn off the NFS 7482attribute-cache. Use of this option on those systems is discouraged, as 7483it may result in loss or misdelivery of mail. The option is ignored on 7484systems that can turn off the attribute-cache. 7485 7486@item -D @var{log-options} 7487Select from a variety of debugging options. Prefixing an option with 7488the string @samp{no} reverses the effect of that option. Options are 7489cumulative. The most useful option is @samp{all}. Since this option is 7490only used for debugging other options are not documented here. A fuller 7491description is available in the program source. 7492 7493@item -P @var{password-file} 7494Read the user-name, user-id, and home directory information from the 7495file @var{password-file}. Normally, @i{Hlfsd} will use @b{getpwent}(3) 7496to read the password database. This option allows you to override the 7497default database, and is useful if you want to map users' mail files to 7498a directory other than their home directory. Only the username, uid, 7499and home-directory fields of the file @var{password-file} are read and 7500checked. All other fields are ignored. The file @var{password-file} 7501must otherwise be compliant with Unix Version 7 colon-delimited format 7502@b{passwd}(4). 7503 7504@end table 7505 7506@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7507@node Hlfsd Files, , Hlfsd Options, Using Hlfsd 7508@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7509@subsection Hlfsd Files 7510@cindex Hlfsd Files 7511@cindex Hlfsd; Files 7512 7513The following files are used by @i{Hlfsd}: 7514 7515@table @file 7516 7517@item /hlfs 7518directory under which @i{Hlfsd} mounts itself and manages the symbolic 7519link @file{home}. 7520 7521@item .hlfsdir 7522default sub-directory in the user's home directory, to which the 7523@file{home} symbolic link returned by @i{Hlfsd} points. 7524 7525@item /var/hlfs 7526directory to which @file{home} symbolic link returned by @i{Hlfsd} 7527points if it is unable to verify the that user's home directory is 7528accessible. 7529 7530@item /usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX 7531file to which @i{Hlfsd} will dump its internal password map when it 7532receives the @samp{SIGUSR1} signal. @samp{XXXXXX} will be replaced by 7533a random string generated by @b{mktemp}(3) or (the more secure) 7534@b{mkstemp}(3). 7535 7536@end table 7537 7538For discussion on other files used by @i{Hlfsd}, see @xref{lostaltmail}, and 7539@ref{lostaltmail.conf-sample}. 7540 7541@c ################################################################ 7542@node Assorted Tools, Examples, Hlfsd, Top 7543@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7544@chapter Assorted Tools 7545@cindex Assorted Tools 7546 7547The following are additional utilities and scripts included with 7548am-utils, and get installed. 7549 7550@menu 7551* am-eject:: 7552* amd.conf-sample:: 7553* amd2ldif:: 7554* amd2sun:: 7555* automount2amd:: 7556* ctl-amd:: 7557* ctl-hlfsd:: 7558* expn:: 7559* fix-amd-map:: 7560* fixmount:: 7561* fixrmtab:: 7562* lostaltmail:: 7563* lostaltmail.conf-sample:: 7564* mk-amd-map:: 7565* pawd:: 7566* redhat-ctl-amd:: 7567* wait4amd:: 7568* wait4amd2die:: 7569* wire-test:: 7570@end menu 7571 7572@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7573@node am-eject, amd.conf-sample, Assorted Tools, Assorted Tools 7574@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7575@section am-eject 7576@pindex am-eject 7577 7578A shell script unmounts a floppy or CD-ROM that is automounted, and 7579then attempts to eject the removable device. 7580 7581@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7582@node amd.conf-sample, amd2ldif, am-eject, Assorted Tools 7583@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7584@section amd.conf-sample 7585@pindex amd.conf-sample 7586 7587A sample @i{Amd} configuration file. @xref{Amd Configuration File}. 7588 7589@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7590@node amd2ldif, amd2sun, amd.conf-sample, Assorted Tools 7591@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7592@section amd2ldif 7593@pindex amd2ldif 7594 7595A script to convert @i{Amd} maps to LDAP input files. Use it as follows: 7596 7597@example 7598amd2ldif @i{mapname} @i{base} < @i{amd.mapfile} > @i{mapfile.ldif} 7599@end example 7600 7601@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7602@node amd2sun, automount2amd, amd2ldif, Assorted Tools 7603@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7604@section amd2sun 7605@pindex amd2sun 7606 7607A script to convert @i{Amd} maps to Sun Automounter maps. Use it as 7608follows 7609 7610@example 7611amd2sun < @i{amd.mapfile} > @i{auto_mapfile} 7612@end example 7613 7614@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7615@node automount2amd, ctl-amd, amd2sun, Assorted Tools 7616@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7617@section automount2amd 7618@pindex automount2amd 7619 7620A script to convert old Sun Automounter maps to @i{Amd} maps. 7621 7622Say you have the Sun automount file @i{auto.foo}, with these two lines: 7623@example 7624home earth:/home 7625moon -ro,intr server:/proj/images 7626@end example 7627Running 7628@example 7629automount2amd auto.foo > amd.foo 7630@end example 7631 7632will produce the @i{Amd} map @i{amd.foo} with this content: 7633 7634@example 7635# generated by automount2amd on Sat Aug 14 17:59:32 US/Eastern 1999 7636 7637/defaults \\ 7638 type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600 7639 7640home \ 7641 host==earth;type:=link;fs:=/home \\ 7642 rhost:=earth;rfs:=/home 7643 7644moon \ 7645 -addopts:=ro,intr \\ 7646 host==server;type:=link;fs:=/proj/images \\ 7647 rhost:=server;rfs:=/proj/images 7648@end example 7649 7650This perl script will use the following @i{/default} entry 7651@example 7652type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600 7653@end example 7654If you wish to override that, define the @b{$DEFAULTS} environment 7655variable, or modify the script. 7656 7657If you wish to generate Amd maps using the @i{hostd} (@pxref{hostd 7658Selector Variable}) @i{Amd} map syntax, then define the environment 7659variable @b{$DOMAIN} or modify the script. 7660 7661Note that automount2amd does not understand the syntax in newer Sun 7662Automount maps, those used with autofs. 7663 7664@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7665@node ctl-amd, ctl-hlfsd, automount2amd, Assorted Tools 7666@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7667@section ctl-amd 7668@pindex ctl-amd 7669 7670A script to start, stop, or restart @i{Amd}. Use it as follows: 7671 7672@table @t 7673@item ctl-amd start 7674Start a new @i{Amd} process. 7675@item ctl-amd stop 7676Stop the running @i{Amd}. 7677@item ctl-amd restart 7678Stop the running @i{Amd} (if any), safely wait for it to terminate, and 7679then start a new process --- only if the previous one died cleanly. 7680@end table 7681 7682@xref{Run-time Administration}, for more details. 7683 7684@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7685@node ctl-hlfsd, expn, ctl-amd, Assorted Tools 7686@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7687@section ctl-hlfsd 7688@pindex ctl-hlfsd 7689 7690A script for controlling @i{Hlfsd}, much the same way @file{ctl-amd} 7691controls @i{Amd}. Use it as follows: 7692 7693@table @t 7694@item ctl-hlfsd start 7695Start a new @i{Hlfsd} process. 7696@item ctl-hlfsd stop 7697Stop the running @i{Hlfsd}. 7698@item ctl-hlfsd restart 7699Stop the running @i{Hlfsd} (if any), wait for 10 seconds for it to 7700terminate, and then start a new process --- only if the previous one 7701died cleanly. 7702@end table 7703 7704@xref{Hlfsd}, for more details. 7705 7706@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7707@node expn, fix-amd-map, ctl-hlfsd, Assorted Tools 7708@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7709@section expn 7710@pindex expn 7711 7712A script to expand email addresses into their full name. It is 7713generally useful when using with the @file{lostaltmail} script, but is a 7714useful tools otherwise. 7715 7716@example 7717$ expn -v ezk@@example.com 7718ezk@@example.com -> 7719 ezk@@shekel.example.com 7720ezk@@shekel.example.com -> 7721 Erez Zadok <"| /usr/local/mh/lib/slocal -user ezk || exit 75> 7722 Erez Zadok <\ezk> 7723 Erez Zadok </u/zing/ezk/.mailspool/backup> 7724@end example 7725 7726@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7727@node fix-amd-map, fixmount, expn, Assorted Tools 7728@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7729@section fix-amd-map 7730@pindex fix-amd-map 7731 7732Am-utils changed some of the syntax and default values of some 7733variables. For example, the default value for @samp{$@{os@}} for 7734Solaris 2.x (aka SunOS 5.x) systems used to be @samp{sos5}, it is now 7735more automatically generated from @file{config.guess} and its value is 7736@samp{sunos5}. 7737 7738This script converts older @i{Amd} maps to new ones. Use it as follows: 7739 7740@example 7741fix-amd-map < @i{old.map} > @i{new.map} 7742@end example 7743 7744@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7745@node fixmount, fixrmtab, fix-amd-map, Assorted Tools 7746@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7747@section fixmount 7748@pindex fixmount 7749 7750@samp{fixmount} is a variant of @b{showmount}(8) that can delete bogus 7751mount entries in remote @b{mountd}(8) daemons. This is useful to 7752cleanup otherwise ever-accumulating ``junk''. Use it for example: 7753 7754@example 7755fixmount -r @i{host} 7756@end example 7757 7758See the online manual page for @samp{fixmount} for more details of its 7759usage. 7760 7761@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7762@node fixrmtab, lostaltmail, fixmount, Assorted Tools 7763@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7764@section fixrmtab 7765@pindex fixrmtab 7766 7767A script to invalidate @file{/etc/rmtab} entries for hosts named. Also 7768restart mountd for changes to take effect. Use it for example: 7769 7770@example 7771fixrmtab @i{host1} @i{host2} @i{...} 7772@end example 7773 7774@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7775@node lostaltmail, lostaltmail.conf-sample, fixrmtab, Assorted Tools 7776@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7777@section lostaltmail 7778@pindex lostaltmail 7779 7780A script used with @i{Hlfsd} to resend any ``lost'' mail. @i{Hlfsd} 7781redirects mail which cannot be written into the user's home directory to 7782an alternate directory. This is useful to continue delivering mail, 7783even if the user's file system was unavailable, full, or over quota. 7784But, the mail which gets delivered to the alternate directory needs to 7785be resent to its respective users. This is what the @samp{lostaltmail} 7786script does. 7787 7788Use it as follows: 7789 7790@example 7791lostaltmail 7792@end example 7793 7794This script needs a configuration file @samp{lostaltmail.conf} set up 7795with the right parameters to properly work. @xref{Hlfsd}, for more 7796details. 7797 7798@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7799@node lostaltmail.conf-sample, mk-amd-map, lostaltmail, Assorted Tools 7800@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7801@section lostaltmail.conf-sample 7802@pindex lostaltmail.conf-sample 7803@cindex lostaltmail; configuration file 7804 7805This is a text file with configuration parameters needed for the 7806@samp{lostaltmail} script. The script includes comments explaining each 7807of the configuration variables. See it for more information. Also 7808@pxref{Hlfsd} for general information. 7809 7810@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7811@node mk-amd-map, pawd, lostaltmail.conf-sample, Assorted Tools 7812@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7813@section mk-amd-map 7814@pindex mk-amd-map 7815 7816This program converts a normal @i{Amd} map file into an ndbm database 7817with the same prefix as the named file. Use it as follows: 7818 7819@example 7820mk-amd-map @i{mapname} 7821@end example 7822 7823@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7824@node pawd, redhat-ctl-amd, mk-amd-map, Assorted Tools 7825@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7826@section pawd 7827@pindex pawd 7828 7829@i{Pawd} is used to print the current working directory, adjusted to 7830reflect proper paths that can be reused to go through the automounter 7831for the shortest possible path. In particular, the path printed back 7832does not include any of @i{Amd}'s local mount points. Using them is 7833unsafe, because @i{Amd} may unmount managed file systems from the mount 7834points, and thus including them in paths may not always find the files 7835within. 7836 7837Without any arguments, @i{Pawd} will print the automounter adjusted 7838current working directory. With any number of arguments, it will print 7839the adjusted path of each one of the arguments. 7840 7841@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7842@node redhat-ctl-amd, wait4amd, pawd, Assorted Tools 7843@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7844@section redhat-ctl-amd 7845@pindex redhat-ctl-amd 7846 7847This script is similar to @i{ctl-amd} (@pxref{ctl-amd}) but is intended 7848for Red Hat Linux systems. You can safely copy @i{redhat-ctl-amd} onto 7849@file{/etc/rc.d/init.d/amd}. The script supplied by @i{Am-utils} is 7850usually better than the one provided by Red Hat, because the Red Hat 7851script does not correctly kill @i{Amd} processes: it is too quick to 7852kill the wrong processes, leaving stale or hung mount points behind. 7853 7854@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7855@node wait4amd, wait4amd2die, redhat-ctl-amd, Assorted Tools 7856@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7857@section wait4amd 7858@pindex wait4amd 7859 7860A script to wait for @i{Amd} to start on a particular host before 7861performing an arbitrary command. The command is executed repeatedly, 7862with 1 second intervals in between. You may interrupt the script using 7863@samp{^C} (or whatever keyboard sequence your terminal's @samp{intr} function 7864is bound to). 7865 7866Examples: 7867 7868@table @t 7869@item wait4amd saturn amq -p -h saturn 7870When @i{Amd} is up on host @samp{saturn}, get the process ID of that 7871running @i{Amd}. 7872@item wait4amd pluto rlogin pluto 7873Remote login to host @samp{pluto} when @i{Amd} is up on that host. It 7874is generally necessary to wait for @i{Amd} to properly start and 7875initialize on a remote host before logging in to it, because otherwise 7876user home directories may not be accessible across the network. 7877@item wait4amd pluto 7878A short-hand version of the previous command, since the most useful 7879reason for this script is to login to a remote host. I use it very 7880often when testing out new versions of @i{Amd}, and need to reboot hung 7881hosts. 7882@end table 7883 7884@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7885@node wait4amd2die, wire-test, wait4amd, Assorted Tools 7886@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7887@section wait4amd2die 7888@pindex wait4amd2die 7889 7890This script is used internally by @samp{ctl-amd} when used to restart 7891@i{Amd}. It waits for @i{Amd} to terminate. If it detected that 7892@i{Amd} terminated cleanly, this script will return an exist status of 7893zero. Otherwise, it will return a non-zero exit status. 7894 7895The script tests for @i{Amd}'s existence once every 5 seconds, six 7896times, for a total of 30 seconds. It will return a zero exist status as 7897soon as it detects that @i{Amd} dies. 7898 7899@c ---------------------------------------------------------------- 7900@node wire-test, , wait4amd2die, Assorted Tools 7901@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7902@section wire-test 7903@pindex wire-test 7904 7905A simple program to test if some of the most basic networking functions 7906in am-util's library @file{libamu} work. It also tests the combination 7907of NFS protocol and version number that are supported from the current 7908host, to a remote one. 7909 7910For example, in this test a machine which only supports NFS Version 2 is 7911contacting a remote host that can support the same version, but using 7912both UDP and TCP. If no host name is specified, @samp{wire-test} will 7913try @file{localhost}. 7914 7915@example 7916$ wire-test moisil 7917Network name is "mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" 7918Network number is "128.59.13" 7919Network name is "old-net.cs.columbia.edu" 7920Network number is "128.59.16" 7921My IP address is 0x7f000001. 7922NFS Version and protocol tests to host "moisil"... 7923 testing vers=2, proto="udp" -> found version 2. 7924 testing vers=3, proto="udp" -> failed! 7925 testing vers=2, proto="tcp" -> found version 2. 7926 testing vers=3, proto="tcp" -> failed! 7927@end example 7928 7929@c ################################################################ 7930@node Examples, Internals, Assorted Tools, Top 7931@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7932@chapter Examples 7933 7934@menu 7935* User Filesystems:: 7936* Home Directories:: 7937* Architecture Sharing:: 7938* Wildcard Names:: 7939* rwho servers:: 7940* /vol:: 7941* /defaults with selectors:: 7942* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment:: 7943 7944@end menu 7945 7946@node User Filesystems, Home Directories, Examples, Examples 7947@comment node-name, next, previous, up 7948@section User Filesystems 7949@cindex User filesystems 7950@cindex Mounting user filesystems 7951 7952With more than one fileserver, the directories most frequently 7953cross-mounted are those containing user home directories. A common 7954convention used at Imperial College is to mount the user disks under 7955@t{/home/}@i{machine}. 7956 7957Typically, the @samp{/etc/fstab} file contained a long list of entries 7958such as: 7959 7960@example 7961@i{machine}:/home/@i{machine} /home/@i{machine} nfs ... 7962@end example 7963 7964for each fileserver on the network. 7965 7966There are numerous problems with this system. The mount list can become 7967quite large and some of the machines may be down when a system is 7968booted. When a new fileserver is installed, @samp{/etc/fstab} must be 7969updated on every machine, the mount directory created and the filesystem 7970mounted. 7971 7972In many environments most people use the same few workstations, but 7973it is convenient to go to a colleague's machine and access your own 7974files. When a server goes down, it can cause a process on a client 7975machine to hang. By minimizing the mounted filesystems to only include 7976those actively being used, there is less chance that a filesystem will 7977be mounted when a server goes down. 7978 7979The following is a short extract from a map taken from a research fileserver 7980at Imperial College. 7981 7982Note the entry for @samp{localhost} which is used for users such as 7983the operator (@samp{opr}) who have a home directory on most machine as 7984@samp{/home/localhost/opr}. 7985 7986@example 7987/defaults opts:=rw,intr,grpid,nosuid 7988charm host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \ 7989 host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g 7990# 7991... 7992 7993# 7994localhost type:=link;fs:=$@{host@} 7995... 7996# 7997# dylan has two user disks so have a 7998# top directory in which to mount them. 7999# 8000dylan type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/ 8001# 8002dylan/dk2 host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \ 8003 host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0 8004# 8005dylan/dk5 host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \ 8006 host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0 8007... 8008# 8009toytown host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \ 8010 host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xy1g 8011... 8012# 8013zebedee host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} \ 8014 host==$@{key@};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/1s0 8015# 8016# Just for access... 8017# 8018gould type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/ 8019gould/staff host!=gould;type:=nfs;rhost:=gould;rfs:=/home/$@{key@} 8020# 8021gummo host!=$@{key@};type:=nfs;rhost:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/$@{key@} 8022... 8023@end example 8024 8025This map is shared by most of the machines listed so on those 8026systems any of the user disks is accessible via a consistent name. 8027@i{Amd} is started with the following command 8028 8029@example 8030amd /home amd.home 8031@end example 8032 8033Note that when mounting a remote filesystem, the @dfn{automounted} 8034mount point is referenced, so that the filesystem will be mounted if 8035it is not yet (at the time the remote @samp{mountd} obtains the file handle). 8036 8037@node Home Directories, Architecture Sharing, User Filesystems, Examples 8038@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8039@section Home Directories 8040@cindex Home directories 8041@cindex Example of mounting home directories 8042@cindex Mount home directories 8043 8044One convention for home directories is to locate them in @samp{/homes} 8045so user @samp{jsp}'s home directory is @samp{/homes/jsp}. With more 8046than a single fileserver it is convenient to spread user files across 8047several machines. All that is required is a mount-map which converts 8048login names to an automounted directory. 8049 8050Such a map might be started by the command: 8051 8052@example 8053amd /homes amd.homes 8054@end example 8055 8056where the map @samp{amd.homes} contained the entries: 8057 8058@example 8059/defaults type:=link # All the entries are of type:=link 8060jsp fs:=/home/charm/jsp 8061njw fs:=/home/dylan/dk5/njw 8062... 8063phjk fs:=/home/toytown/ai/phjk 8064sjv fs:=/home/ganymede/sjv 8065@end example 8066 8067Whenever a login name is accessed in @samp{/homes} a symbolic link 8068appears pointing to the real location of that user's home directory. In 8069this example, @samp{/homes/jsp} would appear to be a symbolic link 8070pointing to @samp{/home/charm/jsp}. Of course, @samp{/home} would also 8071be an automount point. 8072 8073This system causes an extra level of symbolic links to be used. 8074Although that turns out to be relatively inexpensive, an alternative is 8075to directly mount the required filesystems in the @samp{/homes} 8076map. The required map is simple, but long, and its creation is best automated. 8077The entry for @samp{jsp} could be: 8078 8079@example 8080jsp -sublink:=$@{key@};rfs:=/home/charm \ 8081 host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g \ 8082 host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm 8083@end example 8084 8085This map can become quite big if it contains a large number of entries. 8086By combining two other features of @i{Amd} it can be greatly simplified. 8087 8088First the UFS partitions should be mounted under the control of 8089@samp{/etc/fstab}, taking care that they are mounted in the same place 8090that @i{Amd} would have automounted them. In most cases this would be 8091something like @samp{/a/@dfn{host}/home/@dfn{host}} and 8092@samp{/etc/fstab} on host @samp{charm} would have a line:@refill 8093 8094@example 8095/dev/xy0g /a/charm/home/charm 4.2 rw,nosuid,grpid 1 5 8096@end example 8097 8098The map can then be changed to: 8099 8100@example 8101/defaults type:=nfs;sublink:=$@{key@};opts:=rw,intr,nosuid,grpid 8102jsp rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm 8103njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan/dk5 8104... 8105phjk rhost:=toytown;rfs:=/home/toytown;sublink:=ai/$@{key@} 8106sjv rhost:=ganymede;rfs:=/home/ganymede 8107@end example 8108 8109This map operates as usual on a remote machine (@i{ie} @code{$@{host@}} 8110not equal to @code{$@{rhost@}}). On the machine where the filesystem is 8111stored (@i{ie} @code{$@{host@}} equal to @code{$@{rhost@}}), @i{Amd} 8112will construct a local filesystem mount point which corresponds to the 8113name of the locally mounted UFS partition. If @i{Amd} is started with 8114the @code{-r} option then instead of attempting an NFS mount, @i{Amd} will 8115simply inherit the UFS mount (@pxref{Inheritance Filesystem}). If 8116@code{-r} is not used then a loopback NFS mount will be made. This type of 8117mount is known to cause a deadlock on many systems. 8118 8119@node Architecture Sharing, Wildcard Names, Home Directories, Examples 8120@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8121@section Architecture Sharing 8122@cindex Architecture sharing 8123@cindex Sharing a fileserver between architectures 8124@cindex Architecture dependent volumes 8125 8126@c %At the moment some of the research machines have sets of software 8127@c %mounted in @samp{/vol}. This contains subdirectories for \TeX, 8128@c %system sources, local sources, prolog libraries and so on. 8129Often a filesystem will be shared by machines of different architectures. 8130Separate trees can be maintained for the executable images for each 8131architecture, but it may be more convenient to have a shared tree, 8132with distinct subdirectories. 8133 8134A shared tree might have the following structure on the fileserver (called 8135@samp{fserver} in the example): 8136 8137@example 8138local/tex 8139local/tex/fonts 8140local/tex/lib 8141local/tex/bin 8142local/tex/bin/sun3 8143local/tex/bin/sun4 8144local/tex/bin/hp9000 8145... 8146@end example 8147 8148In this example, the subdirectories of @samp{local/tex/bin} should be 8149hidden when accessed via the automount point (conventionally @samp{/vol}). 8150A mount-map for @samp{/vol} to achieve this would look like: 8151 8152@example 8153/defaults sublink:=$@{/key@};rhost:=fserver;type:=link 8154tex type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=$@{key@}/ 8155tex/fonts host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \ 8156 host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex 8157tex/lib host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \ 8158 host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex 8159tex/bin -sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} \ 8160 host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \ 8161 host:=fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex 8162@end example 8163 8164When @samp{/vol/tex/bin} is referenced, the current machine architecture 8165is automatically appended to the path by the @code{$@{sublink@}} 8166variable. This means that users can have @samp{/vol/tex/bin} in their 8167@samp{PATH} without concern for architecture dependencies. 8168 8169@node Wildcard Names, rwho servers, Architecture Sharing, Examples 8170@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8171@section Wildcard Names & Replicated Servers 8172 8173By using the wildcard facility, @i{Amd} can @dfn{overlay} an existing 8174directory with additional entries. 8175The system files are usually mounted under @samp{/usr}. If instead, 8176@i{Amd} is mounted on @samp{/usr}, additional 8177names can be overlayed to augment or replace names in the ``master'' @samp{/usr}. 8178A map to do this would have the form: 8179 8180@example 8181local type:=auto;fs:=local-map 8182share type:=auto;fs:=share-map 8183* -type:=nfs;rfs:=/export/exec/$@{arch@};sublink:="$@{key@}" \ 8184 rhost:=fserv1 rhost:=fserv2 rhost:=fserv3 8185@end example 8186 8187Note that the assignment to @code{$@{sublink@}} is surrounded by double 8188quotes to prevent the incoming key from causing the map to be 8189misinterpreted. This map has the effect of directing any access to 8190@samp{/usr/local} or @samp{/usr/share} to another automount point. 8191 8192In this example, it is assumed that the @samp{/usr} files are replicated 8193on three fileservers: @samp{fserv1}, @samp{fserv2} and @samp{fserv3}. 8194For any references other than to @samp{local} and @samp{share} one of 8195the servers is used and a symbolic link to 8196@t{$@{autodir@}/$@{rhost@}/export/exec/$@{arch@}/@i{whatever}} is 8197returned once an appropriate filesystem has been mounted.@refill 8198 8199@node rwho servers, /vol, Wildcard Names, Examples 8200@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8201@section @samp{rwho} servers 8202@cindex rwho servers 8203@cindex Architecture specific mounts 8204@cindex Example of architecture specific mounts 8205 8206The @samp{/usr/spool/rwho} directory is a good candidate for automounting. 8207For efficiency reasons it is best to capture the rwho data on a small 8208number of machines and then mount that information onto a large number 8209of clients. The data written into the rwho files is byte order dependent 8210so only servers with the correct byte ordering can be used by a client: 8211 8212@example 8213/defaults type:=nfs 8214usr/spool/rwho -byte==little;rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \ 8215 rhost:=vaxA rhost:=vaxB \ 8216 || -rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \ 8217 rhost:=sun4 rhost:=hp300 8218@end example 8219 8220@node /vol, /defaults with selectors, rwho servers, Examples 8221@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8222@section @samp{/vol} 8223@cindex /vol 8224@cindex Catch-all mount point 8225@cindex Generic volume name 8226 8227@samp{/vol} is used as a catch-all for volumes which do not have other 8228conventional names. 8229 8230Below is part of the @samp{/vol} map for the domain @samp{doc.ic.ac.uk}. 8231The @samp{r+d} tree is used for new or experimental software that needs 8232to be available everywhere without installing it on all the fileservers. 8233Users wishing to try out the new software then simply include 8234@samp{/vol/r+d/@{bin,ucb@}} in their path.@refill 8235 8236The main tree resides on one host @samp{gould.doc.ic.ac.uk}, which has 8237different @samp{bin}, @samp{etc}, @samp{lib} and @samp{ucb} 8238sub-directories for each machine architecture. For example, 8239@samp{/vol/r+d/bin} for a Sun-4 would be stored in the sub-directory 8240@samp{bin/sun4} of the filesystem @samp{/usr/r+d}. When it was accessed 8241a symbolic link pointing to @samp{/a/gould/usr/r+d/bin/sun4} would be 8242returned.@refill 8243 8244@example 8245/defaults type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,intr,soft 8246wp -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \ 8247 host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/local/wp \ 8248 host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/wp 8249... 8250# 8251src -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \ 8252 host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/src \ 8253 host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/src 8254# 8255r+d type:=auto;fs:=$@{map@};pref:=r+d/ 8256# per architecture bin,etc,lib&ucb... 8257r+d/bin rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} 8258r+d/etc rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} 8259r+d/include rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@} 8260r+d/lib rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} 8261r+d/man rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@} 8262r+d/src rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@} 8263r+d/ucb rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=$@{/key@}/$@{arch@} 8264# hades pictures 8265pictures -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \ 8266 host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/pictures \ 8267 host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=pictures 8268# hades tools 8269hades -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \ 8270 host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/hades \ 8271 host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=hades 8272# bsd tools for hp. 8273bsd -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;arch==hp9000;rhost:=thpfs \ 8274 host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/bsd \ 8275 host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=bsd 8276@end example 8277 8278@node /defaults with selectors, /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment, /vol, Examples 8279@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8280@section @samp{/defaults} with selectors 8281@cindex /defaults with selectors 8282@cindex selectors on default 8283 8284It is sometimes useful to have different defaults for a given map. To 8285achieve this, the @samp{/defaults} entry must be able to process normal 8286selectors. This feature is turned on by setting 8287@samp{selectors_in_defaults = yes} in the @file{amd.conf} file. 8288@xref{selectors_in_defaults Parameter}. 8289 8290In this example, I set different default NFS mount options for hosts 8291which are running over a slower network link. By setting a smaller size 8292for the NFS read and write buffer sizes, you can greatly improve remote 8293file service performance. 8294 8295@example 8296/defaults \ 8297 wire==slip-net;opts:=rw,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,timeo=20,retrans=10 \ 8298 wire!=slip-net;opts:=rw,intr 8299@end example 8300 8301@node /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment, , /defaults with selectors, Examples 8302@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8303@section @samp{/tftpboot} in a chroot-ed environment 8304@cindex /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment 8305@cindex chroot; /tftpboot example 8306 8307In this complex example, we attempt to run an @i{Amd} process 8308@emph{inside} a chroot-ed environment. @samp{tftpd} (Trivial FTP) is 8309used to trivially retrieve files used to boot X-Terminals, Network 8310Printers, Network routers, diskless workstations, and other such 8311devices. For security reasons, @samp{tftpd} (and also @samp{ftpd}) 8312processes are run using the @b{chroot}(2) system call. This provides an 8313environment for these processes, where access to any files outside the 8314directory where the chroot-ed process runs is denied. 8315 8316For example, if you start @samp{tftpd} on your system with 8317 8318@example 8319chroot /tftpboot /usr/sbin/tftpd 8320@end example 8321 8322@noindent 8323then the @samp{tftpd} process will not be able to access any files 8324outside @file{/tftpboot}. This ensures that no one can retrieve files 8325such as @file{/etc/passwd} and run password crackers on it. 8326 8327Since the TFTP service works by broadcast, it is necessary to have at 8328least one TFTP server running on each subnet. If you have lots of files 8329that you need to make available for @samp{tftp}, and many subnets, it 8330could take significant amounts of disk space on each host serving them. 8331 8332A solution we implemented at Columbia University was to have every host 8333run @samp{tftpd}, but have those servers retrieve the boot files from 8334two replicated servers. Those replicated servers have special 8335partitions dedicated to the many network boot files. 8336 8337We start @i{Amd} as follows: 8338 8339@example 8340amd /tftpboot/.amd amd.tftpboot 8341@end example 8342 8343That is, @i{Amd} is serving the directory @file{/tftpboot/.amd}. The 8344@samp{tftp} server runs inside @file{/tftpboot} and is chroot-ed in that 8345directory too. The @file{amd.tftpboot} map looks like: 8346 8347@example 8348# 8349# Amd /tftpboot directory -> host map 8350# 8351 8352/defaults opts:=nosuid,ro,intr,soft;fs:=/tftpboot/import;type:=nfs 8353 8354tp host==lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot;type:=lofs \ 8355 host==ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot;type:=lofs \ 8356 rhost:=ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot \ 8357 rhost:=lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot 8358@end example 8359 8360To help understand this example, I list a few of the file entries that 8361are created inside @file{/tftpboot}: 8362 8363@example 8364$ ls -la /tftpboot 8365dr-xr-xr-x 2 root 512 Aug 30 23:11 .amd 8366drwxrwsr-x 12 root 512 Aug 30 08:00 import 8367lrwxrwxrwx 1 root 33 Feb 27 1997 adminpr.cfg -> ./.amd/tp/hplj/adminpr.cfg 8368lrwxrwxrwx 1 root 22 Dec 5 1996 tekxp -> ./.amd/tp/xterms/tekxp 8369lrwxrwxrwx 1 root 1 Dec 5 1996 tftpboot -> . 8370@end example 8371 8372Here is an explanation of each of the entries listed above: 8373 8374@table @code 8375 8376@item .amd 8377This is the @i{Amd} mount point. Note that you do not need to run a 8378separate @i{Amd} process for the TFTP service. The @b{chroot}(2) system 8379call only protects against file access, but the same process can still 8380serve files and directories inside and outside the chroot-ed 8381environment, because @i{Amd} itself was not run in chroot-ed mode. 8382 8383@item import 8384This is the mount point where @i{Amd} will mount the directories 8385containing the boot files. The map is designed so that remote 8386directories will be NFS mounted (even if they are already mounted 8387elsewhere), and local directories are loopback mounted (since they are 8388not accessible outside the chroot-ed @file{/tftpboot} directory). 8389 8390@item adminpr.cfg 8391@itemx tekxp 8392Two manually created symbolic links to directories @emph{inside} the 8393@i{Amd}-managed directory. The crossing of the component @file{tp} will 8394cause @i{Amd} to automount one of the remote replicas. Once crossed, 8395access to files inside proceeds as usual. The @samp{adminpr.cfg} is a 8396configuration file for an HP Laser-Jet 4si printer, and the @samp{tekxp} 8397is a directory for Tektronix X-Terminal boot files. 8398 8399@item tftpboot 8400This innocent looking symlink is important. Usually, when devices boot 8401via the TFTP service, they perform the @samp{get file} command to 8402retrieve @var{file}. However, some devices assume that @samp{tftpd} 8403does not run in a chroot-ed environment, but rather ``unprotected'', and 8404thus use a full pathname for files to retrieve, as in @samp{get 8405/tftpboot/file}. This symlink effectively strips out the leading 8406@file{/tftpboot/}. 8407 8408@end table 8409 8410@c ################################################################ 8411@node Internals, Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Examples, Top 8412@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8413@chapter Internals 8414 8415Note that there are more error and logging messages possible than are 8416listed here. Most of them are self-explanatory. Refer to the program 8417sources for more details on the rest. 8418 8419@menu 8420* Log Messages:: 8421@end menu 8422 8423@node Log Messages, , Internals, Internals 8424@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8425@section Log Messages 8426 8427In the following sections a brief explanation is given of some of the 8428log messages made by @i{Amd}. Where the message is in @samp{typewriter} 8429font, it corresponds exactly to the message produced by @i{Amd}. Words 8430in @dfn{italic} are replaced by an appropriate string. Variables, 8431@code{$@{@i{var}@}}, indicate that the value of the appropriate variable is 8432output. 8433 8434Log messages are either sent directly to a file, 8435or logged via the @b{syslog}(3) mechanism. @xref{log_file Parameter}. 8436In either case, entries in the file are of the form: 8437@example 8438@i{date-string} @i{hostname} @t{amd[}@i{pid}@t{]} @i{message} 8439@end example 8440 8441@menu 8442* Fatal errors:: 8443* Info messages:: 8444@end menu 8445 8446@node Fatal errors, Info messages, Log Messages, Log Messages 8447@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8448@subsection Fatal errors 8449 8450@i{Amd} attempts to deal with unusual events. Whenever it is not 8451possible to deal with such an error, @i{Amd} will log an appropriate 8452message and, if it cannot possibly continue, will either exit or abort. 8453These messages are selected by @samp{-x fatal} on the command line. 8454When @b{syslog}(3) is being used, they are logged with level 8455@samp{LOG_FATAL}. Even if @i{Amd} continues to operate it is likely to 8456remain in a precarious state and should be restarted at the earliest 8457opportunity. 8458 8459@table @t 8460 8461@item Attempting to inherit not-a-filesystem 8462The prototype mount point created during a filesystem restart did not 8463contain a reference to the restarted filesystem. This error ``should 8464never happen''. 8465 8466@item Can't bind to domain "@i{NIS-domain}" 8467A specific NIS domain was requested on the command line, but no server 8468for that domain is available on the local net. 8469 8470@item Can't determine IP address of this host (@i{hostname}) 8471When @i{Amd} starts it determines its own IP address. If this lookup 8472fails then @i{Amd} cannot continue. The hostname it looks up is that 8473obtained returned by @b{gethostname}(2) system call. 8474 8475@item Can't find root file handle for @i{automount point} 8476@i{Amd} creates its own file handles for the automount points. When it 8477mounts itself as a server, it must pass these file handles to the local 8478kernel. If the filehandle is not obtainable the mount point is ignored. 8479This error ``should never happen''. 8480 8481@item Must be root to mount filesystems (euid = @i{euid}) 8482To prevent embarrassment, @i{Amd} makes sure it has appropriate system 8483privileges. This amounts to having an euid of 0. The check is made 8484after argument processing complete to give non-root users a chance to 8485access the @code{-v} option. 8486 8487@item No work to do - quitting 8488No automount points were given on the command line and so there is no 8489work to do. 8490 8491@item Out of memory 8492While attempting to malloc some memory, the memory space available to 8493@i{Amd} was exhausted. This is an unrecoverable error. 8494 8495@item Out of memory in realloc 8496While attempting to realloc some memory, the memory space available to 8497@i{Amd} was exhausted. This is an unrecoverable error. 8498 8499@item cannot create rpc/udp service 8500Either the NFS or AMQ endpoint could not be created. 8501 8502@item gethostname: @i{description} 8503The @b{gethostname}(2) system call failed during startup. 8504 8505@item host name is not set 8506The @b{gethostname}(2) system call returned a zero length host name. 8507This can happen if @i{Amd} is started in single user mode just after 8508booting the system. 8509 8510@item ifs_match called! 8511An internal error occurred while restarting a pre-mounted filesystem. 8512This error ``should never happen''. 8513 8514@item mount_afs: @i{description} 8515An error occurred while @i{Amd} was mounting itself. 8516 8517@item run_rpc failed 8518Somehow the main NFS server loop failed. This error ``should never 8519happen''. 8520 8521@item unable to free rpc arguments in amqprog_1 8522The incoming arguments to the AMQ server could not be free'ed. 8523 8524@item unable to free rpc arguments in nfs_program_1 8525The incoming arguments to the NFS server could not be free'ed. 8526 8527@item unable to register (AMQ_PROGRAM, AMQ_VERSION, udp) 8528The AMQ server could not be registered with the local portmapper or the 8529internal RPC dispatcher. 8530 8531@item unable to register (NFS_PROGRAM, NFS_VERSION, 0) 8532The NFS server could not be registered with the internal RPC dispatcher. 8533 8534@end table 8535 8536XXX: This section needs to be updated 8537 8538@node Info messages, , Fatal errors, Log Messages 8539@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8540@subsection Info messages 8541 8542@i{Amd} generates information messages to record state changes. These 8543messages are selected by @samp{-x info} on the command line. When 8544@b{syslog}(3) is being used, they are logged with level @samp{LOG_INFO}. 8545 8546The messages listed below can be generated and are in a format suitable 8547for simple statistical analysis. @dfn{mount-info} is the string 8548that is displayed by @dfn{Amq} in its mount information column and 8549placed in the system mount table. 8550 8551@table @t 8552 8553@item "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" forcibly timed out 8554An automount point has been timed out by the @i{Amq} command. 8555 8556@item "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" has timed out 8557No access to the automount point has been made within the timeout 8558period. 8559 8560@item Filehandle denied for "$@{@i{rhost}@}:$@{@i{rfs}@}" 8561The mount daemon refused to return a file handle for the requested filesystem. 8562 8563@item Filehandle error for "$@{@i{rhost}@}:$@{@i{rfs}@}": @i{description} 8564The mount daemon gave some other error for the requested filesystem. 8565 8566@item Finishing with status @i{exit-status} 8567@i{Amd} is about to exit with the given exit status. 8568 8569@item Re-synchronizing cache for map @t{$@{@i{map}@}} 8570The named map has been modified and the internal cache is being re-synchronized. 8571 8572@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} is down - timeout of "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" ignored 8573An automount point has timed out, but the corresponding file server is 8574known to be down. This message is only produced once for each mount 8575point for which the server is down. 8576 8577@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs is down 8578An NFS file server that was previously up is now down. 8579 8580@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs is up 8581An NFS file server that was previously down is now up. 8582 8583@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs starts down 8584A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be down. 8585 8586@item file server @t{$@{@i{rhost}@}} type nfs starts up 8587A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be up. 8588 8589@item mount of "@t{$@{@i{path}@}}" on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} timed out 8590Attempts to mount a filesystem for the given automount point have failed 8591to complete within 30 seconds. 8592 8593@item @i{mount-info} mounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} 8594A new file system has been mounted. 8595 8596@item @i{mount-info} restarted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} 8597@i{Amd} is using a pre-mounted filesystem to satisfy a mount request. 8598 8599@item @i{mount-info} unmounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} from @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} 8600A file system has been unmounted. 8601 8602@item @i{mount-info} unmounted fstype @t{$@{@i{type}@}} from @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} link @t{$@{@i{fs}@}}/@t{$@{@i{sublink}@}} 8603A file system of which only a sub-directory was in use has been unmounted. 8604 8605@item restarting @i{mount-info} on @t{$@{@i{fs}@}} 8606A pre-mounted file system has been noted. 8607 8608@end table 8609 8610XXX: This section needs to be updated 8611 8612@c ################################################################ 8613@node Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Index, Internals, Top 8614@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8615@unnumbered Acknowledgments & Trademarks 8616 8617Many thanks to the Am-Utils Users 8618mailing list through the months developing am-utils. These members 8619have contributed to the discussions, ideas, code and documentation, 8620and subjected their systems to alpha quality code. Special thanks go 8621to those @uref{http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt,authors} who have 8622submitted patches, and especially to the maintainers: 8623 8624@itemize @bullet 8625@item @uref{http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk,Erez Zadok} 8626@item @email{ionut AT badula.org,Ion Badulescu} 8627@item @email{ro AT techfak.uni-bielefeld.de,Rainer Orth} 8628@item @email{nick.williams AT morganstanley.com,Nick Williams} 8629@end itemize 8630 8631Thanks to the Formal Methods Group at Imperial College for suffering 8632patiently while @i{Amd} was being developed on their machines. 8633 8634Thanks to the many people who have helped with the development of 8635@i{Amd}, especially Piete Brooks at the Cambridge University Computing 8636Lab for many hours of testing, experimentation and discussion. 8637 8638Thanks to the older @email{amd-workers AT majordomo.glue.umd.edu,Amd 8639Workers} mailing list (now defunct) members for many suggestions and 8640bug reports to @i{Amd}. 8641 8642@itemize @bullet 8643@item 8644@b{DEC}, @b{VAX} and @b{Ultrix} are registered trademarks of Digital 8645Equipment Corporation. 8646@item 8647@b{AIX} and @b{IBM} are registered trademarks of International Business 8648Machines Corporation. 8649@item 8650@b{Sun}, @b{NFS} and @b{SunOS} are registered trademarks of Sun 8651Microsystems, Inc. 8652@item 8653@b{UNIX} is a registered trademark in the USA and other countries, 8654exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd. 8655@item 8656All other registered trademarks are owned by their respective owners. 8657@end itemize 8658 8659@c ################################################################ 8660@node Index, , Acknowledgments & Trademarks, Top 8661@comment node-name, next, previous, up 8662@unnumbered Index 8663 8664@printindex cp 8665 8666@contents 8667@bye 8668 8669@c ==================================================================== 8670@c ISPELL LOCAL WORDS: 8671@c LocalWords: setfilename amdref overfullrule settitle titlepage titlefont nz 8672@c LocalWords: authorfont vskip ifinfo iftex cindex unnumberedsec dfn xref vol 8673@c LocalWords: locationN pxref jpo nott concentrix Sjoerd sjoerd cwi Eitan vuw 8674@c LocalWords: Mizrotsky eitan shumuji dgux fpx scp hcx metcalf masala hlh OTS 8675@c LocalWords: Presnell srp cgl Trost trost ogi pyrOSx OSx tubsibr riscix iX 8676@c LocalWords: Piete pb Lindblad cjl ai umax utek xinu Mitchum D'Souza dsouza 8677@c LocalWords: mrc apu alliant aviion AViiON fps macII multimax tahoe vax emph 8678@c LocalWords: mapdefault valA valB valC YPTSDIR ETCDIR substr MAKEDBM YPDBDIR 8679@c LocalWords: NOPUSH njw dylan dk dylan njw anydir domN achilles mjh pref sel 8680@c LocalWords: gdef loc loc loc ldots autodir remopts rwho rwho styx styx yoyo 8681@c LocalWords: noindent gould rvdmount rvdunmount fserver mtmp unioned logfile 8682@c LocalWords: dmn esac phjk toytown toytown toytown toytown phjk RdDir RdLnk 8683@c LocalWords: volname attrs netif dougal inaddr hwaddr ec mountmaps passno xy 8684@c LocalWords: freq dumpset hfs brian florence localinfo fstabs automaps defn 8685@c LocalWords: localname fsck'd opr gummo sjv ganymede sjv fserv fserv fserv 8686@c LocalWords: vaxA vaxB wp thpfs nbsd asis ifs amqprog free'ed printindex gov 8687@c LocalWords: LocalWords syncodeindex Distrib bsdnet lanl AutoMounter acis ic 8688@c LocalWords: ac uk aix bsd Mullender nl il DG lcs hpux irix ucsf NeXT cse cl 8689@c LocalWords: mt FX hp ibm mips utils def def Domainname eg hostd getwd tmp 8690@c LocalWords: subsubsection rw grpid intr noconn nocto nodevs nosuid retrans 8691@c LocalWords: rsize tcp timeo nounmount utimeout DDEBUG nodaemon fd hostnames 8692@c LocalWords: pid Amd's pendry vangogh nfsx backoff stats nomap nostats CRIT 8693@c LocalWords: noinfo clustername RVD dsk dsk amq hostports osver statfs str 8694@c LocalWords: ou counter's amdmaps proj src tftpboot sh mv cd sbin ypcat inet 8695@c LocalWords: Getattr getattr localhost fhandles netmask fstype noquota addr 8696@c LocalWords: exportfs Dumpsets dumpsets pindex ldif fixmount fixrmtab euid 8697@c LocalWords: lostaltmail realloc netnumber itemx primnetnum primnetname ARG 8698@c LocalWords: subsnetname subsnetnum netgrp netgroup multitable Shlib dec osf 8699@c LocalWords: hppa pc bsdi freebsd netbsd openbsd ncr sysv rs acdirmax fsid 8700@c LocalWords: acdirmin acregmax acregmin actimeo dumbtimr nfsv noac noauto sd 8701@c LocalWords: nocache nodev noint nosub pgthresh posix rdonly suid symttl mfs 8702@c LocalWords: AMFS umapfs myftpdir unionfs es mapname mapfile mapfile slocal 8703@c LocalWords: mailspool saturn saturn notknown lol ober dr xr xr drwxrwsr cfg 8704@c LocalWords: lrwxrwxrwx adminpr hplj adminpr cfg tekxp xterms tekxp Dupuy tp 8705@c LocalWords: linkname hlfsddump dirname rmtab pluto rlogin direntry pg vr dn 8706@c LocalWords: maxmem hlfsdir xmailbox showmount cn amdmap amdmapName resvport 8707@c LocalWords: objectClass amdmapKey amdmapValue ln powerpc amdmapTimestamp ez 8708@c LocalWords: moisil FSinfo Libtool Unmounting sublink fileservers NullProc 8709@c LocalWords: gethostname mount's unmounts linkx remounts unmounting UAs SA's 8710@c LocalWords: mountpoint mountpoints unescaped UIDs util's overlayed uref EFS 8711@c LocalWords: serv maxgroups nfsl cachedir copt cfsadmin efs addopts fg ROMs 8712@c LocalWords: nointr extatt setchapternewpage columnfractions alphaev gnulibc 8713@c LocalWords: freebsdelf gnuoldld ifhtml defperm nodefperm norrip RRIP rrip 8714@c LocalWords: noversion attr XXXXXX netgrpd rh mkstemp uid gid noexec mntfs 8715@c LocalWords: nomnttab optionstr hrtime xdrtrace getpwd proplist redhat ctl 8716@c LocalWords: texinfo texi ib sp cartouche ified xlatecookie dircategory sc 8717@c LocalWords: AddInfo suse Novell softlookup ENOENT USB fullybrowsable LDAPv 8718@c LocalWords: amy ie xfffffe zebedee andrew diskfull hdmail searchable si 8719@c LocalWords: Orth ESTALE 8720